Follow TV Tropes

Following

History Recap / IrumaKunWalterParkArc

Go To

OR

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
Spelling.


Iruma's attention is brought to an animal riding attraction where he goes about riding a critter for fun. However, Iruma notices that the female demon struggles to interact with critters, which he shows her how to befriend critters based on what he learned from Shichiro's teachings. The two of then pose for a picture as a way to remember this moment. Iruma and the female demon next go on the ferris whell when she suggests that they can see the correct path to take towards the lost kid center from high up. Here, Iruma thanks her for all the help she's given him so far, and that meeting her made him glad to have come to the park. In return, she happily pats him on the head.

to:

Iruma's attention is brought to an animal riding attraction where he goes about riding a critter for fun. However, Iruma notices that the female demon struggles to interact with critters, which he shows her how to befriend critters based on what he learned from Shichiro's teachings. The two of then pose for a picture as a way to remember this moment. Iruma and the female demon next go on the ferris whell wheel when she suggests that they can see the correct path to take towards the lost kid center from high up. Here, Iruma thanks her for all the help she's given him so far, and that meeting her made him glad to have come to the park. In return, she happily pats him on the head.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


The arc centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. As a result, the trip becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts. In the end, Walter Park is saved, but the Fingers got away with Kirio, which First Finger Wett wiped everyone's memory after the escape to make their involvement in the incident appear non-existent.

to:

The arc centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. As a result, the trip becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts. In the end, Walter Park is saved, saved to the point of Iruma and company being declared as the parks' heroes, but the Fingers got away with Kirio, which First Finger Wett wiped everyone's memory after the escape to make their involvement in the incident appear non-existent.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


The arc centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. As a result, the trip becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.

to:

The arc centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. As a result, the trip becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.
beasts. In the end, Walter Park is saved, but the Fingers got away with Kirio, which First Finger Wett wiped everyone's memory after the escape to make their involvement in the incident appear non-existent.

Added: 590

Changed: 585

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


The ''Walter Park Arc'' is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. It centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. As a result, the trip becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.

to:

The ''Walter Park Arc'' is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. It

The arc
centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. As a result, the trip becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


The ''Walter Park Arc'' is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. It centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group releases 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park in order to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. Thus, the trip to Walter Park becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.

to:

The ''Walter Park Arc'' is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. It centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group releases that's in league with Baal unleash 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park in order to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. Thus, As a result, the trip to Walter Park becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.

Added: 109

Changed: 585

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


The ''Walter Park'' arc is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. The arc consists of chapters 69 to 88, and was adapted into episodes 12 to 18 of the 2nd season of the anime.

to:

The ''Walter Park'' arc Park Arc'' is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. It centers around Iruma, his Misfit Class, and Ameri, heading off to have fun at Walter Park during the break from school along with Kalego, Shichiro and Sullivan's servent, Opera, serving as their chaperones. However, their fun gets interrupted when the villainous Six Fingers group releases 3 massive demonic beasts upon Walter Park in order to provide a distraction that will allow them to free Kirio from the prison beneath said park. Thus, the trip to Walter Park becomes a mission for Iruma and company to save Walter Park from the destruction of the 3 rampaging beasts.

The arc consists of chapters 69 to 88, and was adapted into episodes 12 to 18 of the 2nd season of the anime.
anime.

Changed: 4

Removed: 138036

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


----

[[folder:'''Long Walter Park Summary''']]
The story starts with a recap of a Demon King who was once too busy to the point of building up a lot of stress. The result was the built up stress all bursting out uncontrollably. The Demon King went on a rampage of destruction for 30 days, and devastated everything within reach. Overall, this became known as the origin of the long stress-relieving vacation.
\\\
In the present, Iruma is seen in his bedroom rolling around on the floor with Ali not knowing what to do for his vacation. Ali points out that there was always something fun going on at school, which Iruma agrees that such a thought is what makes his current predicament kind of sad. Iruma happily thinks over his past experiences of how he originally didn't want to go to school, but has now reached a point where he's come around to liking it. Ali takes the form of Clara suggesting that Iruma should go spend some time with Azz and Clara during the break, but Iruma doesn't agree with not wanting to intrude on their vacations. However, he suddenly hears the doorbell ringing. Iruma goes to the front door, and is surprised to find Azz and Clara visiting him in the morning. Seeing that they might be bothering Iruma, Azz asks if they came at a bad time having not called ahead. However, Iruma isn't bothered and tells them to enter.
\\\
The 3 of them gather in Iruma's bedroom. Clara plays on Iruma's giant bed while Azz looks around amazed given that this is the first time he's been in Iruma's room. Iruma doesn't know what to do having never invited friends to his room, which Azz replies that there's indeed a reason that Clara and him are visiting. As Azz prepares to pull something out, Clara asks if Iruma is ready for this. Azz then shows off a large park guide sheet as they both state that they want to go to Walter Park with Iruma. Grabbing hold of the guide sheet, Iruma excitedly asks if what they're referring to is the amusement park, which Azz replies is indeed the case. Azz states that he and Clara caught on that Iruma was looking forward to going to an amusement park the most. Clara adds in that they want to plan a fun trip with Iruma, which the excited Iruma thanks them in return.
\\\
As the 3 of them look over the guide, Azz suggests that they should come up with the perfect day plan to experience many rides and restaurants. Clara agrees, and mentions that she's asked everyone else to come as well, which confuses Iruma and Azz. Suddenly, the doorbell rings once more. Iruma opens the front door, and is greeted by his other Abnormal classmates, much to Iruma's surprise. The Abnormal students look around in amazement, which Lied mentions that they've heard of how huge Iruma's home actually is. Lied then gives the thumbs up claiming that they're here to go to Walter Park together. Iruma doesn't mind, but an angry Azz is seen pulling at Clara's face not liking that she did something so unnecessary by asking the rest of the Abnormal students to join them.
\\\
The Abnormal students all join in helping come up with the day plan, much to Iruma's despair. Jazz mentions that the Scream-coaster and Tunnel to Hell rides are must-sees while Elizabetta suggests that they watch the parade. Goemon adds in that the parade starts at 11:00, so they should find good viewing spots at 10:30. Meanwhile, Sabro's attention is brought to a park area called the Demon King's Palace. Sullivan and Opera are seen observing Iruma and the Abnormal students, which Sullivan cries happy tears at the wonderful sight of his grandson having such capable friends. Opera mentions that he's also happy by the sight, which leaves Iruma confused as to how long they've been there. However, Iruma happily agrees with them as he returns to planning out his day at the park. As they discuss, Iruma notices the oddity that everyone is still in their school uniforms, which Jazz states that they had to look nice being in Chairman Sullivan's home. Meanwhile, Opera is seen providing them all drinks.
\\\
After the Abnormal students all leave, Sullivan helps Iruma prepare a bag for the trip to the amusement park. The two of them end up stuffing a large bag full of tools and food that goes above Sullivan's head. However, Opera is unamused noting that Iruma would never be able to carry such a heavy bag of luggage. In return, Sullivan cries out that this is necessary given that this is Iruma's first time going somewhere that isn't school. Given that it's only a 2 hour drive to the amusement park, Opera assures Sullivan that everything will be fine. That Opera will be the one who drives Iruma to the park, and pick the boy up when the day is over. Still worried, Sullivan clutches his grandson's hands, and orders Iruma to call up grandpa if anything happens. He asks for Iruma to keep this promise, and that he will be sending people to escort Iruma. The last part leaving Iruma confused as to what Sullivan meant by escorts. In return, Sullivan proudly states that the people escorting are very good at their job.
\\\
The next day, Iruma, Azz, and Clara are seen arriving at the large closed gate into Walter Park that's covered in dark clouds. The sight leaves Iruma amazed as he's greeted by the other Abnormal students who've been waiting for their arrival. Iruma's left surprised by how early everyone got here, and that he's actually seeing everyone in normal clothes for once. Lied agrees given that they're all excited. He also informs Iruma that amongst the Abnormal students, Schneider couldn't make it as he has to attend an Academic Conference with teacher Furcas. Jazz then points Iruma to another location, and sees an excited Opera, Shichiro Balam, and irritated Kalego on standby. Kalego complains not understanding why he's here, which Shichiro answers that it's an order from the principal. Shichiro then mentions that this could end up being fun, but Kalego remains unconvinced. Opera then interrupts asking if Kalego is still bad with crowds, and assures his junior that he and Shichiro will surely help him with this flaw. In return, Kalego wants nothing to do with this since he hates going anywhere with Opera.
\\\
Iruma watches on realizing that these 3 adults are the escorts that Sullivan told him about. He watches Opera and Kalego continuing to go at it with the former asking if Kalego's shy while the latter quickly refuses. Meanwhile, Shichiro is seen getting along with the Abnormal students with Lied mentioning that he's changed how he views said teacher. However, Shichiro becomes confused when Elizabetta points out that he still comes off scary. A person behind Iruma then calls for him. Iruma turns around, and sees that it's Ameri in casual clothing. Iruma is happy to see that Ameri could make it, but an irritated Ameri yells at him asking why it's not just the two of them like he originally told her. As she continues to ask why there's all these other people, Iruma is left confused by the statement having never said that it was just going to be the two of them. Ameri looks back at her phone text realizing that it's true Iruma never said such a thing. However, thinking back to her trying on clothes for the day with Iruma, she still remains disappointed that she got all excited for something that turned out to not be a date.
\\\
Eventually, an announcement from a toy bird is heard singing a tune for Walter Park to rise and shine. Sure enough Iruma's company, and all the visiting demons, start getting excited as the dark clouds covering the park disperse, and the large doors of the park entrance begin to open. Beyond the entrance, the workers all go about providing them a greeting in song welcoming them to Walter Park. Singing that along with the visitors having fun in the park, it's the workers' job to make them merry. They ask for everyone to come and enter the happiest place in hell, which Iruma happily charges forward along with the rest of his group.
\\\
Shortly after, the Abnormal class are all seen looking at the park guide. They all state their main interests of coming to the park, such as going on the Scream-coaster, visit the rest areas, get food, go shopping, or visit the Demon King's castle. One mentions that the waiting time for the castle is going to be horrible while another mentions that they should just all go wherever they like. The Abnormal students all begin to head off, but are instantly stopped by their escorts: Opera, Shichiro and Kalego. Kalego states that they have to have a chaperone should the group start splitting up and going off on their own. Lied complains asking why they can't go and do whatever they like, but Shichrio makes it clear that he can't. Shichiro offers the idea of splitting up into 3 groups given that they got 3 adults to act as chaperones, which Clara then offers to make it more interesting by turning it into a competition.
\\\
Iruma asks what she means by that, which Clara explains the rule that the winner will be the group that has the most fun in the park. Jazz likes the idea, and adds in that they can meet up as a group at the end to find out which team had the most fun. Opera also joins in stating that he will ask Sullivan to act as the judge. Lied also provides his input claiming that the winning team should be treated to a meal from the teachers, which angers Kalego calling them a bunch of idiots for already deciding something without thinking it over first. However, Shichiro and Opera talk is over claiming that it should be fine in the end since the overall goal is to just have fun. Opera adds in that this is a time they should be giving the kids some leeways, which irritates Kalego being the odd man out as the only unreasonable person. In the end, Kalego is forced to go along with it, and agrees to provide a reward should his team win. He then yells at his students that the losing team will have their homework for post-apocalypse day doubled, which scares Iruma, Goemon, Lied, and Jazz. As the students go about calling Kalego the worst, Ameri asks Elizabetta if said teacher is always like this, which she agrees is indeed the case.
\\\
Opera then announces that they should decide the teams with a lottery, and holds up a bucket of sticks for each student to pick one. After drawing straws, the 3 teams are established. Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero are set as Shichiro's group. Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta, and Kerori are set up as Opera's group. Ameri shown to be disappointed that she's not grouped with Iruma. Finally, Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui are set as Kalego's group. The last of which are all fearing for the worst. Lied grabs hold of Jazz's shoulder in comfort, which Jazz already understands what he's getting at. Kalego watches in disbelief as all his group's students break out into tears. Lied slams the group claiming they've already lost. Jazz questions how they're supposed to have fun when the Emperor of Darkness is accompanying them. Goemon begs to join the others, and Kamui complains that his group is nothing but a sausage fest. Kalego then warns them that their homework will instead be tripled should they lose, which they all change their tune claiming that they were kidding, and that Kalego is the best.
\\\
Meanwhile for the other two groups, Shichiro watches Kalego's group from afar believing that they appear to be getting along, which Iruma goes along with. Clara then claps hands with Ameri happy that they're having another girls-only party. With everything now set, Opera makes the announcement to begin as the 3 groups all set off to have fun in Walter Park. Opera's group appears to go towards the park's shopping area as Ameri remains pouting that she ended up in a different group than Iruma. Clara then points out how Ameri looks cute in casual clothes, which takes her by surprise. Opera agrees finding that the clothes suit her well, which Kerori adds that the president would look better in a one-piece dress. Along with Elizabetta, they all push Ameri along to buy her a one-piece dress, muich to her confusion.
\\\
Kalego's group is seen near a park coaster, which Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui hold a private conversation regarding what to do. Kamui suggests that they should just do whatever given that they've already lost, but Kalego notices them whispering and calls out to them. Fearing for their lives, Lied and company all start acting serious claiming that they're going to have fun no matter what. Meanwhile for Shichiro's group, Azz and Sabro are seen arguing about what to do first. Sabro wants to see the Demon King's castle first while Azz refuses until they've consulted with Iruma first. However, the excited Iruma has his attention on the performers showing off in the streets. Iruma notices a crowd nearby wondering if people are gathering for something fun that he's never seen before only to be surprised by the sight of Ronove showing off his charisma from a VIP parade float. Iruma ends up feeling like he's experiencing déjà vu while Azz remains confused as to why Ronove's here.
\\\
Ronove steps off the float, and greets Iruma and Azz as peasants that he hasn't seen for a while. Though he calls Iruma as Illuminati trying to remember him, which Iruma instantly corrects him. Sabro and Picero remain confused as to who Ronove is, which Shichiro explains the event where he was a student council president candidate that lost against Ameri. Iruma asks Ronove why the latter was a part of the parade, which he proudly reveals that this place is his sanctuary. That Walter Park was built for him by his father. Iruma is left amazed by the reveal finding it unbelievable, which Ronove replies that it's a given being the heir of a distinguished family. Ronove's talk is then interrupted by a demon behind him patting his back to remind Ronove that he's on inspection. This demon then asks if Iruma is a friend of master Ronove, which Iruma sorta answers that he is. As Ronove struggles in the background having been touched by a man, the demon who touched him is Huetoto, a member of Walter Park's staff, and appears to be a subordinate of Ronove.
\\\
Huetoto explains that he's been given a job by the park owner to guide Ronove while the latter goes around inspecting the park as it turns out that Ronove wants to build his own amusement park on the Babyls campus one day. However, he points out his struggles keeping an eye on Ronove, because he immediately goes off on his own towards whatever catches his attention, such as needing to shop everywhere, or joining the parade without permission. In return, Iruma and Azz show a bit of pity to Huetoto figuring that watching Ronove must be tiresome. Ronove tries to defend himself proudly claiming that he should be allowed to enjoy his garden as he pleases, which Huetoto reminds him once more that he's on inspection. However, this gives Shichiro an idea. Shichiro goes about explaining to Ronove the fun competition going on between the 3 Abnormal class groups, which he admits that the contest sounds really interesting. He announces that Iruma's group can depend on the great him while showing off a key-ring with VIP on it. Ronove claims that he will guide them to his most special areas. A hyper secret dangerous tour of areas where only those chosen by [=VIPs=], such as himself, can go.
\\\
The announcement scares Huetoto hoping that Ronove isn't talking about the basement, and orders him not to take them there. Iruma asks what the basement is, which Ronove points to the overall park. Ronove explains that above ground is an amusement park filled with many attractions. However, running such attractions requires a lot of magic to the point that the area beneath the park, the basement, makes up the power source. Iruma asks what he means by power source, which Ronove answer is prisoners. That beneath Walter Park is a giant fortress prison filled with the most delightful demons. However, Huetoto cries out correcting Ronove that the prisoners consist of weird and dangerous demons. Iruma is left thinking over the prison reveal while the rest of his group remains silent. Meanwhile within the prison, Kirio Amy is seen in handcuffs. Kirio looks up, and says to himself that the park seems to be more rowdy than usual today.
\\\
The story has a bit of a recap explaining how Iruma and company are spending the start of their summer break rushing into the amusement park, Walter Park. Iruma and company were then divided into 3 groups led by Opera, Shichiro, and Kalego. Opera gets Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta and Kerori. Shichiro gets Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero. And Kalego gets Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon. They go about competing to see who can have the most fun at the amusement park.
\\\
Opera's group are seen clothes shopping at Katherine Shop within the Walter Park's shopping mall, which Ameri is seen trying on clothing. Ameri shows off the clothes she's trying on, which excites Elizabetta finding her looking cute while the jealous Kerori is forced to admit that Ameri's got style. The shop workers claim that the clothing suits Ameri well as Elizabetta continues to praise her calling Ameri lovely. The result is Ameri looking over her clothing questioning if they're right about this. She remains unconvinced by the skirt claiming that she could fall over if an enemy ambushes her, which Elizabetta and Kerori sorta agree, but are in disbelief that Ameri is going about girl shopping all wrong.
\\\
Clara then calls for their attention as she shows off the mermaid dress she's trying on. She asks if she now looks like a mermaid, which Elizabetta sorta agrees other than the fact that Clara has no mermaid tail. The worried Kerori also warns Clara to not go about dragging the dress around. The main female worker of Katherine Shop is fine with it, but notices that Clara is wearing a dress too big for her. The worker calls for her assistant, Hugh, who then proceeds to take Clara's measurements. While measuring, Hugh explains that measurements of a body are infinite. That the material, color, and length of the clothing differs person to person. Hugh also notes that knowing your own size is the biggest shortcut to raising one's appeal.
\\\
Eventually, Clara is given a beautiful flower dress that better fits her. The impressed Clara calls Hugh amazing while Ameri and Elizabetta are also impressed. Opera apologizes for his group's actions, but Hugh is fine with it given how natural it is for people to want to know their size. The main female worker agrees claiming that they're just doing their Walter Park staff jobs acting out their roles as the park visitors' playmates whereever and whenever. The two staff members pose while making those claims, which leaves Clara impressed. Clara suggests that their group should also pose, and take a picture. Elizabetta agrees with the idea, and that they should send it to everyone while Ameri is embarrassed doing it in her current clothing. Hugh goes along with it suggesting them to pick out a spot in the store, and go with whatever pose they desire.
\\\
Switching over to Kalego's group, Lied gets sent the image of Opera's group posing and having fun in Katherine Shop. Lied, Jazz, Kamui and Goemon are left jealous seeing Opera's group having fun, which they all begin to freak out realizing that they're definitely going to lose to them. They quickly race around trying out colorful food, ice cream, playing with balloons and animal ear headbands in an attempt to show that they're also having fun. However, Kalego is given all of such items and is left completely unamused. Lied and Jazz fall over in despair finding this hopeless and not fun at all, which Kalego warns them that they better watch out once the day is over. Trying to make a good image to send everyone, Lied figures that they definitely look like they're leaving some sort of impact, but Goemon adds that they need to be showing more playful emotions.
\\\
The group is then greeted by two thuggish looking demons (one wearing a helmet, and a skeleton wearing a hat) asking if they got cash, which freaks out Lied and company realizing they've gotten involved in something terrible. They turn to Kalego believing that the teacher will protect them, but Kalego smugly points out that his hands are currently full given all the "goodies" his team provided him, much to his students' despair. However the helmet thug is left confused by their reaction pointing out that they're not trying to extort their money. He points them in the direction of shooting prize targets stall, and explains that they need opponents to play target practice with. The helmet thug also suggests that the one who hits the most prize targets is the winner, and that said winner wins the items that the loser shot as well.
\\\
Kalego's group finally get excited towards something, which Jazz proceeds to activate his Pit bloodline ability in order to see the path for the shots he must take. He orders Goemon to aim straight at the target after tilting to the right 60-degrees, which Goemon takes the shot. However, the skeleton thug gets in the way to block the shot, much to the annoyance and complaining of Kalego's students that they're playing dirty by interfering. However, the helmet thug points out that they never claimed sabotaging wasn't allowed, and that they're going with the strategy "No Touching the Prizes," much to Jazz and company's anger. They agree to go about sabotaging as well and order Kamui to go in, much to the latter's fear. Meanwhile, Kalego is seen not paying attention having no interest in watching the shooting duel that's going on.
\\\
Eventually, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui are able to take a picture of them all happily posing and having fun with the two thugs that challenged them to the shooting game. Jazz is satisfied that they finally have a picture looking like they're having fun, which Lied thanks the helmet thug for helping them. However, the helmet thug starts laughing, and states that this is a given. Surprising the students, he and the skeleton thug reveal themselves to be members of Walter Staff, and that it's their duty to be the visitors playmates whereever and whenever. Lied notes how surprising this is given that they don't look like staff members while Goemon adds that their staff pose was flawless. In return, the helmet worker laughs that that did their job well not given away that they're park staff. Jazz then suggests for them to take a new picture of the staff posing with them as well, but his phone dings seeing that Shichiro's group is now sending over their pictures. They see pictures, such as Iruma having fun on the merry-go-round and spinning cup rides, which shocks Jazz and company that Shichiro's group is sending over lots of pictures of their group having fun.
\\\
The helmet staff member comes over wondering what's up, which Jazz begs him to recommend any other places they can have fun, or else their group will lose. Lied joins in pulling out the park map, and asks if there's any places or a hidden gem that no other group has been to. Noticing a dark place called Kararagi Street on the map, Lied asks it, which the helmet staff member doesn't seem convinced. Kalego then finally steps in ordering the group to not go there. The teacher explains how Walter Park was originally built as a place for demons to vent out their stress when they're going through their wicked phase. As a result, Kararagi Street is a backstreet left over from those times, and is now a place where demons with bad reputations reside. That even today, it's still a place where these demons do shady and illegal businesses. Kalego leaves off with a final warning ordering them to not go there if they don't want their wings clipped off, but Jazz and Lied are unable to take it seriously seeing the flower left behind in Kalego's hair. As Kalego goes about torturing Jazz and Lied for the comment, Kamui looks to his phone still surprised that Shichiro's group is still sending pictures.
\\\
Switching over to Shichiro's group, Iruma and Ronove are seen happily dancing down a Walter Park street. The two of them go about having fun on many different rides as Huetoto struggles to keep up not being able to understand how Iruma and Ronove have such incredible stamina to keep going. Meanwhile, Azz and Sabro remain on standby watching Iruma go around having fun. Azz being the one taking all the pictures of Iruma's park adventure. However, they're also perfectly satisfied with the situation. Sabro is just happy to see his rival, Iruma, really energetic while Azz is the only focused on making sure that Iruma's having fun, much to Huetoto's confusion. Huetoto then turns to Shichiro ordering the teacher to escort them properly, but is left annoyed that Shichiro seems to be perfectly fine with this, and is just petting the entertainer that Picero is resting on.
\\\
While continuing their park adventure, Ronove points out to Iruma that the latter isn't bad being able to keep up with the former. The excited Iruma states that he's having a hard time deciding what to do next given that the park is full of so many interesting things. Meanwhile, Ronove yells out a reminder to the group to not get separated. Overall, Iruma is completely happy finding going to an amusement park so fun and interesting, and deems it the best. Jumping ahead however, Iruma is suddenly shown to be in Kararagi Street; having gotten himself separated from the group. Due to how dark and dangerous the place looks, Iruma sweats in fear realizing he screwed up, but figures he doesn't have to worry since he's got his phone to call for help. However, the phone turns out to be completely out of energy. As a result, Iruma begins to cry realizing that he's become a lost child.
\\\
Back to Shichiro's group, A nervous Huetoto is seen holding up the park map for Azz and Sabro. The two are currently arguing trying to point out the best path to take to reach the Demon King's castle. Ronove then returns to the group ready to play on the next ride, but Shichiro notices right away something is off asking where Iruma's at. As a result, Shichiro, Azz, Sabro and Huetoto are all left shocked in disbelief realizing that they've lost Iruma.
\\\
Meanwhile on Kararagi Street, Iruma continues to freak out not knowing what to do. Ali finally pops out of the ring angry at Iruma for his continued confusion, but just the sight of Ali being with him brightens the latter up. Ali orders Iruma to shut up, and get a handle on the situation so that they can hurry up and leave. Before Iruma could reply back, a small questionable looking demon appears behind him. The demon notices that the Iruma seems to have lost his way, and starts to pull the boy along claiming that there's someone down the road looking for their friend. Interested at first believing it to be his friends, Iruma starts to question it when the demon starts to pull him towards a dark alleyway. Iruma tries to pull himself back knowing from experience that this is not a good thing, but the demon doesn't let go claiming that it's okay. He continues trying to escape from the demon, which Iruma is suddenly caught off-guard by something soft now touching him. Sure enough, he's now in the arm of a tall female demon protecting him from the questionable demon.
\\\
The female demon grabs hold of the questionable demon's hand, and crushes it asking what the demon was about to do to her brother. Afraid for his life, the questionable demon instead chooses to run away. Iruma apologizes to the female demon for causing the mess, but she ignores it, and pulls him along. She leads him out of Kararagi Street back into the bright safeness of Walter Park much to Iruma's relief, but becomes silent again seeing the female demon staring at him. She scolds Iruma for going down an extremely dangerous road where he clearly won't be having any fun, which Iruma quickly apologizes for. She then points Iruma in the direction of the lost child center. In return, Iruma thanks her for the information and starts walking on his own. Though the female demon notices that he's now down in the dumps after what he just experienced.
\\\
As Iruma walks towards the lost child center, he thinks over how he wasn't paying attention due to being excited over his first time experiencing an amusement park. That it's going to be a bother to everyone the moment they hear that he got himself lost. He remains worried about not being able to create good memories with everyone, but is suddenly greeted by the female demon offering him a tall five scoop cone of ice cream. Iruma is caught off-guard asking why she returned, which she claims that it's beause she bought the wrong ice cream; leaving Iruma even more confused. Handing the ice cream over, she gives Iruma another scolding that he might lose his way again on the way to the lost child center. Iruma is left crying knowing that she's probably right about that, which surprises the female demon when she witnesses Iruma suddenly disappear. Looking around, she sees Iruma now having fun on a riding attraction sitting on top of a demon critter that looks like a sheep.
\\\
Walking up to Iruma riding on the sheep, the female demon asks if Iruma is happy. He answers yes, and then asks her why she doesn't appear to have the desire to have fun. In return, she answers that it's because the animals will run away from her if she tries to touch them as she makes a frightening pose freaking out the attraction's sheep. Remembering something he learned from Shichiro, Iruma informs the female demon that due to animals being scared if you touch them from above, there's a trick to not scare them if you touch the animals from below. Using Iruma's instructions, she sticks her hand out for a small bird to walk onto it, which it does so. She then beomes confused when more birds arrive, and cover up her body. Eventually, Iruma and the female demon pose for a picture at the riding attraction alongside the birds to show that they're having fun. Looking at their photo, the female demon notes that this is the first time she's ever taken a picture with animals, which Iruma admits is a nice picture.
\\\
Iruma then begins to head off to return to walking towards the lost child center, but after walking a few steps, he realizes his mistake, and apologizes to the female demon since they're supposed to be going together. Pointing at the sky, the female demon explains that it will be easier to see where to go if they get a good view from high up. Shortly after, Iruma and the female demon are now riding up on a ferris wheel, which excites Iruma having never been on one before. The female demon warns Iruma that their cabin is going to rotate like crazy once they've reached the top, which scares him. Iruma then procceds to thank the female demon. Not just for the fact that she helped him when he got lost, but because her continued help has made him glad to have come to Walter Park. In return, the female demon gives Iruma a head glad to hear it. She then does the hand-under-animal motion putting her hand under Iruma's chin, which Iruma assures her that she doesn't need to do that for him. At this point, Iruma catches a glimpse of the Shichiro group down below looking for him.
\\\
Getting off the ferris wheel, Iruma returns to the Shichiro group, which Azz is seen sweating having been searching around hard. Azz tries tears of joy apologizing that they lost Iruma as he and Shichiro are glad that he's safe and sound. Sabro notices that Iruma is looking somewhat dizzy, which Iruma answers is due to the crazy rotation part of the ferris wheel. As Shichiro tells Sabro to contact everyone that Iruma is okay, Iruma explains that it was thanks to a kind sister demon that helped him out when he got lost. As Iruma turns to introduce her however, she's nowhere to be seen. Sabro and Azz remain confused, which Iruma assures them that she was just with him. In return, Sabro questions if Iruma is hallucinating, and Azz worries that Iruma ate something bad, but Iruma replies it's none of those. Nearby, the female demon is seen walking away from Iruma's group.
\\\
The female demon arrives at a backstage area for the park staff, which a worker sees that Shiida, the name of the female demon, is finally back. The worker warns Shiida not to leave her position explaining that they still got a role to play even though they're just backstage workers, which Shiida accepts. Shiida then takes out the picture she took with Iruma at the riding attraction, and smiles stating that this is what they do as Walter Park's staff.
\\\
Within the Walter Park prison, the story introduces Imp Rocky, a demon said to be famous back in his hometown, but ended up getting arrested. He thinks over the blunder he made when he was caught tresspassing in an area over-hunting rare herbs, and that he was caught because he came down with some sort of sickness. Imp ended up being sentenced to 15 years in prison. As he looks around the Walter Park prison, Imp is still unable to believe that of all places, he ended up getting detained here. A guard high up hanging from the ceiling is seen happily yelling at the prisoners to begin work. The story next goes about describing Wlavoas Prison, the underground fortress doubling as a prison that resides beneath Walter Park. Wlavoas Prison is said to house around 1,600 inmates, and that the park staff also serve as guards. The duty of the prisoners is to provide labor as well as their magic. The latter of which gets sent up to Walter Park to power its attractions. An example is seen of an inmate arriving at the machine that sucks out their magic power, and is then sent up through a pipe up to Walter Park.
\\\
Returning to the present, Imp is seen with several other inmates at the machine to have his magic power sucked, and is getting angry hearing all the cheers and laughter going on above in the park. He's also come to realize that this developing anger and hatred is what powers up the magic fuel within himself; causing a vicious neverending cycle of creating magic power through hate, which is then sent up to Walter Park. One of Imps fellow inmates points out that that there's an oddball amongst them who actually volunteered to have their power drained. That oddball being Kirio, who doesn't know what to say about being called an oddball. As it turns out Kirio has been sentenced to serve up to 2 years in prison for his actions at Babyls Demon School. Imp is shocked to hear that Kirio actually wants to let the machine drain his magic power, which Kirio feels ecstatic explaining that he enjoys hearing the laughter of the park visitors. He tries to add that it makes his heart feel at ease, but Kirio's weak constitution kicks in causing him to spurt blood, which Imp remains unconvinced that Kirio's body is at ease.
\\\
A guard notices Kirio falling over unable to provide any more magic power, which Kirio begs someone to take him to the sick bay. The result is a large prisoner demon named Bats making his way over to pick up Kirio. Bats is said to have a prison term of up to 45 years. Not only does he pick up Kirio, Bats also picks up Imp, much to the latter's confusion. However, it's not the sick bay that Bats heads towards. Bats instead brings Kirio and Imp to another room that's a gathering of most wicked demon prisoners who were charged with the absolute worst. Amongst these wicked demons is Dlingar (95 years), Ginguk (111 years), Lord Lumero (153 years), Balgio (162 years), Selaguts (185 years), Smatethlede (255 years), and Dododo (380 years). Imp fears for his life knowing the horrible situation he's in, and is especially afraid of Dododo given the prison term. He continues to freak out believing that this group of prisoners have decided to make him and Kirio their punching bags. However, he becomes confused when he sees Bats start to poke at Kirio asking if the latter is okay.
\\\
Lumero notices that Kirio is coughing up blood again, which Bats calls for Dododo to help out. Dododo agrees to it, and picks up Kirio to begin waving his hand in front of Kirio's face to give him some air. Lumero points out that this has become a normal thing compared to how it used to be, which Balgio agrees that the first time was hard for Kirio since Dododo trying to wave always hit Kirio in the face. Meanwhile, Bats calls over the still confused Imp to sit with him. Walking over, Imp asks worriedly if he's about to become a punching bag, but Bats assures him that the reason he was brought along was because they have something to talk about. As the other prisoners all begin to sit down with them, Lumero points out that the place they're at is perfect for secret meetings since the guards never come here. Bats then gets excited claiming that Imp is lucky being the new guy that arrived right before the start of their plan. Imp asks what he means by plan, which Bats answers that there's no plan more obvious when one is within a prison: a plan to escape.
\\\
Imp yells out in shock hearing that the prisoners are planning an escape, much to the annoyance of the othe prisoners warning Imp to keep is voice down so the guards don't hear. He then asks how they're planning to do it, which Bats explains that they got someone above in the park ready to help them out. He figures that Imp must have already heard of the name "The Six Fingers;" also known as the group which have done every evil. Imp is once again on the verge of freaking out, but is quickly told by the prisoners to shut it. He asks if they really are referring to the most famous group of primal demons having heard that their "Fall of Demon Bridge" and "War of the Valley" stories are quite amazing, which Bats replies that it's been decided that the Six Fingers' next target is Walter Park. Bats turns his attention to Kirio asking if this is indeed the case, which Kirio states it is.
\\\
Holding Kirio's shoulder as if they're buddy-buddy, Bats points out that Kirio's the one who's got contact with the Six Fingers, which Imp asks if this means that Kirio is one of them. In return, Kirio explains that he's not one of the Fingers, but happens to be an acquaintance of theirs. He further explains that Imp won't miss out on the escape as long as he helps out with the Six Fingers' festival, which Bats gets excited adding in that all the prisoners they've gathered for this meeting have all agreed to go along with said festival pan. Imp remains confused about what the festival is. In return, Bat asks if Imp recalls what he went through sending his magic power into the machine that fuels Walter Park. In actuality, they've secretly been sending their magic power up towards specific locations in the park that were arranged by the Six Fingers. Bats reveals that while he doesn't know how the festival will be done specifically, the overall goal of the Six Fingers is to use the magic power provided by the prisoners to destroy Walter Park.
\\\
The thought of Walter Park being destroyed excites Imp, which Balgio adds in that they've also come up with an escape route the moment the festival starts. Bats then gives Imp a warning that the reason the latter's being given a heads up is beacause the plan might fail if someone's acting suspicious. Imp remains excited asking Kirio when the festival is going down only to be suprised when he's told that it's happening today. Bats and the rest of the prisoners then all get excited claiming that today's the day that Walter Park will be engulfed in flames, which will be the perfect opportunity for them to escape. The sight of all the excited wicked demons scares Imp as he sees Kirio finally showing his wicked side as well. Kirio points out that what's about to happen is revenge by destroying, and that the time has finally come for laughter to become screams of despair. Smiling ecstatically, Kirio thinks about the despair while claiming that it makes him extremely happy. Meanwhile within Walter Park, Iruma remains on the phone trying to calm down Ameri, who was worried after hearing that Iruma got himself lost. Overall, Iruma remains happy not knowing that disaster is about to hit Walter Park.
\\\
Iruma's phone calls to the other groups are seen where Ameri scolds Iruma as a little kid that's too relaxed while Lied laughs it off glad that Iruma's safe. Lied asks if everything's okay now, which an embarrassed Iruma reveals that he's now dressed up as a dinosaur monster entertainer for a group of young kids acting like they're the Six Fingers. Ronove and the rest of Shichiro's group watches Iruma perform, which Ronove claims to be a pleasant punishment for Iruma while Azz is annoyed that the kids appear to be attacking Iruma. However, Shichiro tries to calm Azz down given that this was something Iruma agreed to. The kids also go about having fun on Picero enjoying the cloud he sleeps on, much to Picero's annoyance. Huetoto tries to calm the kids down asking them to play safe, but one of the kids start hitting him as well. Iruma asks who the Six Fingers are, which Azz explains is a famous criminal group who've committed countless evil deeds. That the Six Fingers consist of villains that "Returned to the Originator."
\\\
Meanwhile, Picero is seen complaining about the kids hitting the spot over his eyes. Ronove then proceeds to pull off Picero's eye mask wanting to see if the latter is hiding a monkey face, but is shocked to see that Picero actually has a pretty boy face, which surprises Iruma as well. As Picero complains about the brightness, Shichiro's group all remain in disbelief at how dazzling Picero looks without the eye cover. Ronove then proceeds to shove a paper bag over Picero's head complaining that Picero's flashy aura is overlapping with his own, but Huetoto, Azz, and Sabro all remain unamused claiming that it's not. Huetoto adds in that it shouldn't matter since Ronove appears to be fine with Azz and Sabro looking like fine men, but Ronove complains that Picero is a different kind of beauty. He points at Picero's face pointing out his big and beautiful eyes, long eyelashes, and long curly hair to the point that he's got a glowing aura about him. Meanwhile, Picero covers his ears hating how loud Ronove is being. Ronove then pulls Picero along wanting to change the latter this very moment much to everyone's confusion. He continues on claiming that he will be sure to transform Picero into a wild beauty, but Picero complains that he just wants to go back to sleep.
\\\
Picero is last heard yelling for the group to save him as Shichiro points out that they're all being so lively. Huetoto then asks for Shichiro to look after everyone for a bit, including Ronove, as he has to provide his report back at headquarters, which Shichiro agrees to. They wave each other goodbye as Huetoto heads off. Huetoto makes his way to the park's backstage where he's greeted by a fellow worker praising Huetoto for a job well done. The worker figures that Huetoto must have had a rough time dealing with Ronove, which Huetoto agrees it was. Said worker continues his praise that the latest hires they've gotten are all proving to be impressive, popular, and are learning the ropes quickly. However, he points out that Huetoto seems ordinary compared to them, which Huetoto calls him cruel for calling him that. The worker notes that due to the jail chiefs all being on vacation, there's been a lot of work to do in that department, and tells Huetoto that they should continue giving it their best before heading back to work.
\\\
Huetoto is left on his own, but Shiida is seen nearby having been watching their conversation. He asks her how the plans are going, which she answers that it's going perfectly, and that they're just waiting on Wett's orders at this point. Huetoto smiles at her as the two of them make their way to a rooftop. Huetoto asks if this is the location of "F-15," which Shiida provides him a walkie talkie stating that it's connected. Huetoto is revealed to be Wett as he makes the announcement over the walkie talkie to start the plan. That from this moment onwards, they are no longer Walter Staff. He orders his subordinates to begin the attack on Walter Park as the Six Fingers. Thus, revealing that Wett and Shiida are two of the Fingers. The other four Fingers on the other side of the walkie talkie are revealed to be the two staff that helped Opera's group with shopping, and the two staff that had fun with Kalego's group, which they all accept brother Wett's order.
\\\
The two thug Fingers that helped Kalego's group are Atori (Sixth Finger) and Maemaro (Six Finger). Atori points out how tired he was of waiting for the order, which Maemaro gets excited that it's finally time. In return, Wett (First Finger) states that he got caught up having to look after young master Ronove. One of the Fingers jokes that Wett is too easy to play with given that he took on the role of a gofer, which Wett replies that it was a result of getting along too well with the other staff. The two shopping staff that helped Opera's group are Hyudarin (Third Finger) and Miki (Fourth Finger). Miki points out that they did their job well too, which Hyudarin admits that their job was quite interesting. Wett then makes the announcement that this all ends today claiming that their concealment was all for today's sake. Meanwhile, Shiida (Second Finger) watches Wett give his speech.
\\\
Wett goes over their work that they've memorized all the maps of the park's upstairs and downstairs. In addition, this is their best chance to strike knowing that all the managers are away. Stating that all the preparations are in place, Wett announces that they have the chance to cause massive chaos, and that their goal is to release all the prisoners locked up in Walter Park's underground jail. Wett then holds up an egg-shaped object, which two similar objects are seen behind help up by Maemaro and Hyudarin on their ends. He announces that as the Six Fingers, they are the ones who spread chaos. Wett states that while their daily lives working as staff were very fun, it's now time to destroy it completely. He then drops the egg object off the roof.
\\\
As the Opera, Kalego, and Shichiro groups are all shown having fun, Wett's egg object is seen hitting the ground. A massive explosion occurs that destorys a large section of the park; catching everyone by surprise. Shichiro's group are all seen making their way out of the rubble, which Shichiro checks everyone hoping they're all okay. Iruma then looks up, and is stunned to see a massive dragon-looking monster coming out of the explosion, and begins to destroy the park. The monster then roars toward the sky as all the surrounding park visitors look at it in fear.
\\\
A few minutes before the Six Fingers began their plan, Shichiro's group and Ronove are seen still having fun in the park entertainer room. Picero notices something is off pulling up his eye mask to look at the floor. Taking off the dinosaur entertainer suit he was wearing, Iruma asks Picero what's wrong as the latter is now lying on the floor to get a better feeling. Azz calls him out to not fall asleep on the floor, but Picero claims that something about the ground is causing it to rumble. The story provides a reminder that Picero's bloodline ability, My Area, allows him to manipulate the state of different ground types. As a result, Picero grabs three shirt buttons, and places them in a triangle formation on the ground. He explains that he can sense that the ground of Walter Park has 3 specific points of concentrated abnormalities. A more literal example being as if 3 mother birds are incubating their nests to catch their eggs. Iruma remains confused by the hatching egg example as Wett is seen dropping his "egg" from the roof to the ground of concentrated magic power.
\\\
As the egg hits the ground, the magic spell on the ground is released, and a large monster comes bursting out of the egg, which Picero is the first to notice the event go down. Picero activates My Area to open up the ground beneath the rest of the Shichiro group and Ronove, and summons up rock walls to defend the group from the surrounding rubble caused by the egg summoning. Iruma and company then look upon a Carmine Dragon, a massive red dragon monster that is now going about rampaging and destroying Walter Park. As the Carmine Dragon gives off a roar, the confused Iruma asks what that is, which Azz answers ia a gigantic demonic beast. Shichiro suggests that they evacuate first, and Azz points out that he can already see other members of the park staff guiding everyone away. The teacher then asks if anyone's injured, which they all answer that they're okay thanks to Picero's rock wall. A crying Ronove thankfully hugs Picero. The latter of which reminds them that it was difficult to sleep due to the ground acting weird. Remembering what Picero said about the bird and egg explanation, Iruma catches on that he said something about there being 3 abnormalities.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, a staff member is seen on a microphone trying to warn the visitors of the ongoing disaster. That everywhere within Walter Park, there have been confirmed appearances of gigantic demonic beasts. Along with the Carmine Dragon, two other gigantic demonic beasts are seen. A massive rat called a Panther Rat is shown rampaging at the location of Opera's group, and a massive taurus called a Mountain Bull is shown rampaging at the location of Kalego's group. The staff worker makes the announcement warning everyone within Walter Park that there are 3 demonic beasts destorying the park, and asks for everyone to cooperate to make it through this situation.
\\\
Amongst the scared Kalego group, Lied sees that what's happening is not good while Jazz remains confused as to what the Mountain Bull is. Goemon yells for everyone to escape due to the danger, which Lied tries to convince Kalego to run as well. However, Kamui points out the problem that he can't see the park exit from here. The 4 of them gather, which Lied asks if they're able to contact the others. Kamui once more provides the bad news that nobody's answering, which Jazz asks why they're not trying to run or hide. At this point Kalego pats Jazz's back. The students spirits are brightened believing that this is the teacher trying to reassure them. Lied asks what they should do only for them all to become confused when Kalego announces that he hasn't had his fun yet.
\\\
Kalego pulls out his notebook, and reads an important teacher quote that as a Babyls teacher, they must regularly take actions that prioritize student empowerment. He then looks back at his group of 4 students, and announces that they're in luck, and shouldn't miss such a good opportunity. As the Mountain Bull rampages, Kalego announces that he will stay here as this disaster is a chance to train his students' teamwork. Of course, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui all begin to fear for the worst realizing what Kalego is telling them to do. The smug Kamui points at the Mountain Bull, and explains to his group of students that there's no better opportunity to go all out with their demonic powers than facing such a big target. In return, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui all begin to freak out hearing that Kalego is ordering them to fight the Mountain Bull. Kalego happily orders the group to prepare themselves, but then quickly changes his order that it's now time to enjoy this attraction to their heart's content. He says this while grabbing hold of Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui before they could run off.
\\\
As a bit of a recap, the story explains how during the school's first year magic class, students go about learning verbal spells focused on transformation and illusions. An example being when Iruma used his magic to transform the color of a frog. The purpose is to master the fundamentals of magic in order to determine which is the best suited for ya, and then practice and apply those newly discovered skills for the next school year. This however turns out to be a problem for the Babyls students regarding their current predicament at Walter Park as Kalego's group is seen trying to deal with the Mountain Bull. As it turns out, because of the way the first year classes were set up, they weren't able to learn attack magic.
\\\
Kalego's group continues to avoid the attacks of the Mountain Bull, which a crying Lied yells out that they're so dead. Jazz questions what kind of magic would be capable of taking on such a big opponent as he continues to run. Kamui then spots a large piece of rubble about to hit Lied, which he manages to push Lied out of the way to protect him. After Lied thanks him for the save, Kamui activates his Translation bloodline ability, which allows him to understand the language of any living thing to enable conversation. He goes about translating the Mountain Bulls words, and confirms that the demonic beast seems quite upset calling everything a bother or nuisance. Kamui is then about to be hit by a large piece of rubble of his own, but is saved by Goemon cutting it up with Wind Blade; his bloodline ability that allows him to make a transparent current of air that converges to form a blade. It's also noted that he can throw Wind Blade like a boomerang. As Kamui thanks Goemon for the save, Jazz thinks over their current problem of how Wind Blade is the only bloodline skill their group has suited for attacking.
\\\
Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui take shelter behind some rubble to evade the Mountain Bull's sight. Still thinking over their situation, Jazz is unable to understand why they were suddenly thrown into a battle when 3 of their 4 bloodline skills (Lied's Controller, Jazz's Pit, and Kamui's Translation) are only useful as utility. Jazz figures they will have to rely on simple spells, and first asks if Lied can use his bloodline ability to take away the Bull's eyesight. He asks which eyes given that the Bull has at least six, which Jazz replies that any will do. Jazz puts his plan into action by first having Lied use Controller to take away the Mountain Bull's eyesight, and then orders Kamui to use his Translation to grab the now blind Bull's attention. Meanwhile, Jazz and Goemon would hide in the Bull's blindspot ready to attack while its attention is squared on Kamui. Using a basic "La Fire" spell, Jazz summons fire-magic to combine it with Goemon's Wind Blade in order to make a combined fire-storm blade that Goemon fires towards the Mountain Bull.
\\\
The attack lands and explodes on the Bull's chest, which the 4 students all cheer wondeing if their plan worked. However, the Bull angrily turns his attention back towards them, which they quickly realize that all they did was piss it off. They avoid another attack from the Bull as they call out to Kalego begging him to help. However, Kalego remains calmly sitting at a table with his drink. Kalego sighs finding it unbelievable that his students are trying to fall back on him already, which they all complain that it's a given since he's their teacher. Kalego then scolds the group claiming that this is a lesson. That if they want to become strong, they must take advantage of everything they've learned, overcome this obstacle, and come out the winner. He orders them to get going, which leaves the students annoyed that along with escape not being an option, they all deem Kalego's advice to be lazy. The group tries to re-establish themselves with Lied realizing that they'll just have to protect themselves, and Jazz pointing out that they can't rely on adults. Along with Goemon and Kamui, they all get angry calling adults the worst, and call the belief that adults go about protecting children is nothing but a lie.
\\\
At that same time at the location of Opera's group, Opera is seen blocking a strike from the Panther Rat, much to the surprise of Clara, Ameri, Kerori and Elizabetta seeing the adult protect them. Opera gives the order to Ameri for her to take the others and evacuate, which she asks what Opera will do. He states to leave the problem to him as protecting those important to Iruma is also his duty; leaving Clara, Kerori and Elizabetta amazed that adults are so dependable. Opera once more orders them to get moving as Ameri starts to lead the others away from the area. The Panther Rat attempts another strike at Opera, but the latter easily dodges it, grabs the Rat's tail, and uses it as a weapon to smash the Panther Rat's face. All while Opera claims that the Panther Rat is something that isn't able to properly read the room. While continuing to dodge attacks, Opera is left wondering if he actually did damage despite the Panther Rat seemingly having a soft body.
\\\
Opera decides to take things more seriously, and goes in for a punch. However, Opera is caught off-guard by the Panther Rat revealing that it actually has 8 tails, and uses them all at once to attack Opera from all sides. As one of the tails is about to hit him, Ameri comes in at the last second to kick it away from Opera. Ameri explains that she rushed back after everyone successfully reached the evacuation zone. She also claims that she can't turn and run from a moment of crisis given that she's Babyls' Student Council President. Thus, Opera is reassured that he's got a capable back-up as the two of them stand back-to-back ready to continue the fight. Opera orders Ameri to handle the tails, but to be careful not to get too close, which she accepts claiming that she won't do anything careless. Suddenly, Clara is seen flying around holding on tight to the end of one of the Panther Rat's tails, much to the confusion of Opera and Ameri not knowing what Clara's doing.
\\\
Meanwhile at the location of the Carmine Dragon, Shichiro's group is seen evacuating the area with many other visitors. The dragon can be heard roaring from afar, which Iruma notes that the ground shakes just from its voice. Meanwhile, a staff member is heard warning the visitors to not go near buildings due to the danger of them collapsing at any time. Another staff member claims that they will guild visitors to areas where they can fly away safely, and asks around for visitors who have healing magic. As Shichiro's group continues to walk, Shichiro asks Azz if he can phone the others, but is told that he can't. Iruma then looks back over the park rubble, and grips his shirt tie feeling pained. Sabro asks Iruma what's wrong, which Iruma is unable to answer. He then overhears two nearby visitors discussing how this must have been a planned terrorist attack given that 3 demonic beasts summoned at the same time.
\\\
Iruma asks Shichiro what the visitors mean by that, which the teacher answers that the 3 rampaging demonic beasts were actually summoned. Shichiro explains his theory that given the gigantic size of the 3 demonic beasts the culprit couldn't have been just one person, but was actually several. Seeing Iruma droop his head down, Shichiro asks the boy what's wrong. In return, Iruma claims that he doesn't quite know other than his pained chest is feeling tight. A young child is then heard crying out for help from the nearby rubble, which gets everyone's attention. One of the visitors asks if he's alone, which the kid explains that the others he was with are stuck in the hall blocked by the debris. He yells for help to get them out, which Iruma turns to Shichiro for help. However, Shichiro holds Iruma's shoulder to calm him down claiming that it's impossible.
\\\
Looking around, Iruma sees that none of the visitors are interested in helping believing that's already too late since the demonic beast came from the hall, and that they don't want to get hurt. He questions why they're like this, which Shichiro answers that this is what demons are like. That their own well-being comes first, and that they have little care towards those who are not related to them. Overall, Shichiro tells Iruma that they won't move a pinky if it doesn't profit them. Noticing two staff members discussing how the hall could collapse at any time, and that they should just give up since there's not enough nearby personnel helping, Iruma confronts them. He asks them why they're not helping the children when they can be seen from here, but they remain confused not knowing what to say, and tell him to just stay back due to the danger. Iruma once more clenches his chest in pain not being able to understand why his heart stings so bad. A sight of a pained Iruma leaves Azz worried, which Iruma notices Azz holding his phone still trying to contact the others.
\\\
Iruma grabs Azz's phone, and looks over the picture of himself enjoying Walter Park with his classmates and teachers. He then looks towards the rubble, and the demon child calling out for help, and finally gets why he's been feeling such pain within himself. Shichiro asks Iruma what's up, which a crying Iruma states that he's sick of this. Iruma then gets up, and charges towards the rubble, much to the surprise of Shichiro and everyone watching. The Carmine Dragon arrives and continues its rampage near Iruma and the demon child; leaving the visitors worried that the two of them are going to be crushed by the falling rubble. However, Iruma grabs hold of the young demon boy, and easily evades all the falling rubble, much to the shock of Shichiro and company that Iruma make it out unscathed. The story provides a reminder that because of Iruma's overwhelming crisis evasion skills, he's a master of avoiding dangerous things.
\\\
Having escaped the rubble, Iruma asks the younger boy if he's okay, which the latter answers he is. Iruma then asks if the other kids are still inside, which again, the boy nods yes. Shichiro calls out to Iruma checking if he's okay. In return, Iruma yells out that the ice cream was delicious, and that the rides were exciting. Iruma continues to yell at the confused Shichiro, Azz and Sabro that along with many other interesting things, he met a wonderful person when he got lost, and that he was able to play with everyone and have a great time. However, he states that he now feels irritated due to everything falling apart so suddenly. Thus, Iruma confidently announces to the rest of the Shichiro group that he will strike back at this current situation. He yells that he will be the one to help the children, and orders the watching visitors to head for shelter. As Iruma goes deeper into the rubble to search for the other kids, the watching visitors are unable to believe what they just witnessed. However, the rest of Shichiro's group are thinking differently.
\\\
Sabro starts laughing asking the group if they heard that Iruma is feeling irritated. In return, Azz states his disappointment in himself that he will never forgive himself for not understand how Iruma felt. Going along with the group, Picero activates My Area to make a path through the rubble. Shichiro, Azz, Sabro and Picero all go in to follow after Iruma; heeding to Iruma's wish of wanting to help the kids. In addition, Ronove is seen being brought along as he holds on desperately to the cloud Picero sleeps on. Azz claims that he has to be at Iruma's side while Sabro mentions that it's common sense to stand on the same ground as his rival. Picero mentions that he just wants the noisy kid to shut up, and Shichiro brings up how he can't leave them all given that he's their assigned escort. Something that Ronove doesn't agree with. Catching up to Iruma, Shichiro assures the boy that as abnormal demons, they will be sure to rescue all the children, much to Iruma's excitement. Though once again, Ronove doesn't agree with being called abnormal.
\\\
At that same time, the Six Fingers are seen making their way into Wlavoas prison, and dispose of the guards in one of the warden rooms. One of the defeated wardens asks them what their motive is for being here, which Wett states the obvious. That they're here to rescue a prisoner. On Wlavoas Prison's 3rd security level, the guards are seen panicking due to the park chaos currently going on. One gives the order to send staff to the surface to deal with the rampaging demonic beasts, and asks another guard if the anti-beast squad has arrived yet. However, their conversation is interrupted by the arrival of another guard warning them of another problem. That the 2nd level's security team has been taken out by intruders, and disabled all the locks to allow the prisoners to escape. Elsewhere within the prison, the freed prisoners are all seen battling it out with the guards. One of the prisoners remains excited for the bloodbath, and yells for his fellow prisoners to knock the guards out before they can use their magic.
\\\
On the prison's 4th level, the group of demons that teamed up with Kirio are all seen running down a hallway making their way to escaping. An announcement over the speaker is heard from the guards that prisoners are escaping, and to block all exits before they reach the park. As the prisoner group runs, Kirio can be seen being carried by Dododo while Selaguts remains excited that it's all going according to plan due to them coming across no guards. Balgio is also excited that they're about to escape to the outside while Dlingar claims that she will be joining the Six Fingers the moment she gets out. Lumero agrees to the idea wanting to help the Six Fingers bring chaos to the world, which Smatethlede agrees that they should join up with the Six Fingers this very moment by helping them destroy Walter Park. However, Imp remains worried about going upstairs, which annoys Bats asking what the problem is. Imp points out that going any higher will result in them having to deal with "him," which bat realizes that Imp is referring to Triton.
\\\
A recap of how Wlavoas Prison is set up is provided with floor 1 being the top, and floor 5 being the bottom. Floor 1 is the Warden's Office, floor 2 is the Security Room, floors 3 and 4 are more Security Rooms along with Prison Cells, and floor 5 is the Prisoner Workplace. Bats things over how the higher they run up the prison towards escaping, the stronger the guards are. In addition, there's one particular guard that all prisoners fear the most; Deputy Warden Triton "Handshake." Bats thinks over how Triton is the first person new prisoners meet the moment they're brought to Wlavoas, and that the deputy goes about engraving on the prisoners' bodies the fear of the guards.
\\\
Sure enough, all the prisoners within Kirio's group flinch in fear upon remembering the reason Triton is nicknamed "Handshake." The deputy uses his large hands to hold the prisoners arms and legs together in each of his hands, and proceeds to crush them. Prison shackles said to be strong enough to crush a dragon's neck are then put upon their crushed wrists to serve as a reminder to the prisoners every time they look at their shackled wrists. As the prisoners think about Triton, Lumero admits that escape would be impossible had it not been for the Six Fingers' involvement. Bats is also left worried that if the Six Fingers get "grabbed" by that guy, it will be over for the Six Fingers. Overall, he remains convinced that there must be a fierce battle going on between Triton and the Six Fingers.
\\\
Unbeknownst to the prisoners, the battle is going easy for the Six Fingers as Hyudarin is seen crushing Triton's giant hands with his own much smaller ones. Triton finds his current predicament to be impossible as his Handshake bloodline ability is supposed to allow him to be able to crush anything, yet he doesn't understand how it has no affect on such a tiny old man. In return, Hyudarin taunts the deputy that this is the difference in the size of their strengths, and that Triton should now understand what his "size" is despite being much bigger. As Hyudarin's torture of Triton continues, Atori can be seen sitting atop a pile of guards the Fingers defeated, and points out how cool Hyudarin is. Meanwhile, Wett looks at his prison map claiming that they're finished dealing with the 2nd level security, and should now move on to the 3rd. Hearing the rampaging going on above, Atori questions if their little beasts are trashing the park properly. Wett explains that no one will be able to stop them from turning the whole park to ashes given that the demonic beasts were fed their mana. He figures that there would have to be some hero out there capable of facing them.
\\\
Meanwhile above ground, Kalego's group is seen still trying to take on the Mountain Bull, but are all scared in fear. Lied, Goemon, and Kamui hide behind Jazz pushing the latter forward to take on the Bull himself, much to Jazz's annoyance, and calling them jerks. The Mountain Bull catches sight of Kalego's group of students, and swings at them once more. However, the Bull just barely misses them, much to the relief of Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui. Jazz continues to complain asking the group why they're triyng to put him up front, which Lied replies that it's because Jazz is their leader. Lied also points out that this is a given since Jazz is the Rank 3 (Gimmel) of the group. Sure enough, Lied, Goemon and Kamui are all lower at Rank 2 (Bet). The three of them beg Jazz to do something, which leaves Jazz confused as Lied and company don't usually care about this kind of stuff.
\\\
The three of them continue to beg brother Jazz to help them, but Jazz remains silent not knowing what to say back. The confusion results in Jazz having a flashback. He thinks about a moment where his brother came up to him all friendly only for Jazz to realize moments after that his wallet and watch are now gone. Jazz thinks over how his Andro family was all about ability, and that you were considered the bad one if you got stolen from. He thinks about how his brother was always like this. Jazz remembers to another moment where he enters his own bedroom room only to find his brother wasted on the couch with several naked chicks. Jazz thinks over how his brother was always the worst womanizing drunkard, and had sticky fingers to the point of violating Jazz's territory. However, Jazz knows that he can't do anything about it due to his brother being the more talanted one. That even if his brother drives him insane to the point of wanting to stick his fingers up his nose and throw him around, Jazz still won't do it. Overall, Jazz comes to the decision that if he was to one day have younger siblings, he will be nice to them unlike how his older brother treats him.
\\\
In the present, Jazz is unable to handle the sight of the begging Lied, Goemon and Kamui as if Jazz is their older brother. Jazz squeezes his own heart feeling happy that his classmates are relying on him, and looks away blushing. He then takes a look back at them, and sees their faces full of hope believing that Jazz will save them from not dying to the Mountain Bull. Stepping toward them, Jazz announces that he will think of something, much to the excitement of Lied, Goemon and Kamui. Jazz looks away in embarrassment again not being able to handle his attempt at damage control. He then looks toward the Mountain Bull, and doesn't know what to do given that their magic didn't work on it. Jazz also remains confused as to what the Bull is trying to do since it's just going around destroying everything. Jazz goes over his group's abilities in his head, but isn't able to see a way to combine his pick-pocketing with Goemon's wind-blade, Lied's sense-stealing, and Kamui's translating. Still watching from afar, Kalego calls out to Jazz, and provides a hint asking if the whistle object around Jazz's neck is just for show. Jazz looks upon his neck whistle, and finally realizes that there might be a way for them to win.
\\\
At that same time, a news report is seen on devil television informing the populace of the crisis at Walter Park. The news reporter explains how 3 demonic beasts have appeared within Walter Park, and that the underworld security bureau have been dispatched to deal with them. Along with the Carmine Dragon and Panther Rat, the reporter brings up the Mountain Bull, but is surprised by what she's seeing on the live television feed of the Bull as over a hundred bird creatures are now seen flying all around it, and being a great annoyance to it. Riding on one of the demon birds is Kamui as it turns out that his Translation bloodline also allows for him to command living things, such as the demon birds that are being a nuisance to the Mountain Bull. The appearance of the demon birds was due to Walter Park having an aviary, which Kalego's group put to use. Kamui informs his teammates that it's easier for him to command living things if the species he's controlling are the same, but also warns them that his Translation control won't last much longer given the amount of birds he's currently controlling. He's left hoping that his team will get done fast as Jazz, Lied, and Goemon are all seen atop another demon bird.
\\\
The demon bird carrying Jazz, Lied, and Goemon fly up behind the Mountain Bull's head as Lied is the first to act. Lied activates his Controller bloodline to steal away the Bull's sense of hearing, and use it as his own. The Bull lets out a loud shriek, which is hurtful on Lied's ears due to the Bull's sense of hearing that he stole away being too sensitive, and is now pounding in his brain. As Lied tries to cover up his hears to block out the shriek, he thinks back to the plan Jazz just told them about. Lied admits that while he doesn't understand why Jazz is choosing to fight the demonic beast, he finds himself believing that they could win due to the strategy Jazz came up with. Thus, Lied remains excited that as a gambler, he has no choice but to seize the chance if there's a possibility to win. Despite his ears still being in pain, Lied tells at his teammates that he's fine, and orders Jazz to hurry up. In return, Jazz asks Lied to hang in there as he needs a bit more time.
\\\
The Mountain Bull attempts to swipe at the 3 of them riding the demon bird, which Goemon is next up using his Wind Blade to defend Lied and Jazz while the two are working the plan. Goemon thinks over how he was once told that if there was ever an attack that he was unable to handle, the option is there to redirect it using its own power. Thus, Goemon swings his Wind Blade not to strike at the Mountain Bull's fist, but to go with the flow and redirect the fist by sliding the Wind Blade underneath the attack, and direct it elsewhere. The Bull's fist is redirected enough to go over the demon bird they're flying on, which Goemon celebrates his success that he got Jazz safely to the Bull's head. Moments after, Jazz jumps off the demon bird, and grabs hold of the Bull's ear hanging over the ear hole. He remains excited that the plan worked to get him here thanks to the distractions done by Lied, Kamui and Goemon. Holding onto his whistle, Jazz thinks over how there's now only one step left in his plan.
\\\
Jazz holds his whistle known as the Ear Blast Flute (also nicknamed as the Flute of Shame) finding it hard to believe that of all places, he would be using it here in Walter Park against a demonic beast. Jazz thinks back to the moment he got the whistle from his older brother, which is shown to be shortly after Kalego visited their home. His older brother points out Kalego's warning that Jazz needs to have a plan if he ever gets caught trying to steal. Thus, he orders Jazz to blow the whistle the moment he gets caught. Back in the present, Jazz thinks over how the purpose of the Ear Blast Flute is to emit a powerful sound wave that hits everyone but the user. In addition, the more magic power the user has, the more unpleasant head-splitting sound it produces. As for why it's also called the Flute of Shame, Jazz's older brother calls it embarrassing for the user if they blow the whistle after failing to steal. However, Jazz calls his brother stupid not finding his current usage of the Ear Blast Flute a disgrace since decided to use it during a non-stealing attempt.
\\\
Jazz puts the whistle in his mouth ready to blow, which Lied yells that he's now returning the hearing sense to the Mountain Bull. Once the Mountain Bull's hearing is restored after Lied turns his Controller ability off, Jazz blows his whistle into the beast's ear at the highest volume. The sound wave screeches throughout the Mountain Bull's head to the point of knocking it out; resulting in the Bull crashing to the ground. Looking upon the unconscious Mountain Bull, Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui are shocked in disbelief that they actually managed to pull off the win. Goemon sees that the demonic beast is no longer moving as the group all begins celebrating their victory. Jazz receives praise from the others with Lied calling him amazing, and Goemon calling his strategy perfect, which Jazz tries to correct them that they all did it, but eventually just remains silent as they all continue cheering. Lied next calls for everyone to high-five only for them to not realize that the Mountain Bull has already gotten up perfectly fine, and is going in to punch them. The Bull lands its strike upon the unsuspecting students only for it to turn out that Kalego had finally stepped in to defend his students by putting up a barrier to block the punch.
\\\
Holding off the Mountain Bull, Kalego scolds Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon for being a group of students that still misses at the last turn. He points out that their plan against the Mountain Bull just barely worked, and yet that was apparently enough for them to drop their guard and almost die to the Bull just now. The four of them remain scared and confused seeing that they almost just died as Kalego decides to provide grades for his students: Jazz gets a 40, Lied and Kamui get a 30, and Goemon gets a 35. Overall, Kalego gives off a smile since at the very least, their efforts put them at about the passing mark. Kalego then summons out his Cerberion, and proceeds to curb-stomp the Bull by commanding his familiar to smash the demonic beast into the ground. Looking upon the defeated Mountain Bull, Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon are left stunned in amazement by how incredible grown-ups are. Asking if they had fun, Kalego then takes a seat in front of the Bull's head, and orders his students to come over and finally take a picture. With the Mountain Bull defeated, two demonic beasts remain.
\\\
As the battles with the demonic beasts and the prison chaos goes on, Elizabetta and Kerori are seen within Walter Park's emergency shelter having been brought there when Opera ordered them to evacuate. Elizabetta and Kerori are currently trying to keep a couple demon babies calm as a member of the park staff is heard claiming that he will start guiding everyone to safely leave the park. The crowd of visitors within the shelter are getting angsty about wanting to leave while remaining worried about the rampaging demonic beasts, which Kerori apologizes to Elizabetta as it turns out that she's needed elsewhere. Kerori races off calling back to Elizabetta to continue watching the children, much to Elizabetta's confusion not knowing what to do. The babies start crying again, which Elizabetta tries once more to get them to calm down.
\\\
Elizabetta begins to worry that fear is spreading amongst the visitors, which affects children much easier to the point that the trauma could affect their evil cycles. Thus, she believes that the trauma will become obsessions, which will carry over into their evil cycles and cause a vicious cycle of committing crimes. A recap is provided explaining Elizabetta's Favorability bloodline where she's surrounded by a magic aura that causes any well-disposed person to feel compelled to gain her sympathy. Elizabetta thinks over how she's currently pushing said ability to the limit trying to keep the people around her calm, but that she must keep going for the sake of the little kids. A roar from a demonic beast can be heard outside the shelter, which freaks the visitors out wanting to run away. The visitors all begin to panic and run around.
\\\
Elizabetta's on the verge of falling apart not knowing what to do, but is calmed by someone telling her it's okay. Sure enough, Elizabetta and the panicking visitors are all stunned silent by the arrival of Kuromu. Thus, revealing that Kerori's plan to keep everyone calm is to sing to them. Kuromu waves at Elizabetta, which shocks the latter since she doesn't know about Kerori's idol identity. The visitors all remain surprised by Kuromu walking amongst them. One questions why she's here, which another remembers that there was supposed to be a Kuromu concert at the park today as seen by the Kuromu poster within the shelter. Another visitor finds it hard to believe that even in the midst of a disaster, Kuromu still chose to come to the shelter to sing to them. Overall, the visitors within the shelter all begins to get excited calling Kuromu cool, and want to take a picture with her. Kuromu steps up to a stage area above everyone else while thinking about how its her duty as an Akudol to make everyone smile. She also thinks about Iruma, and the effort he puts forth at being useful to everyone around him.
\\\
Grabbing a microphone, she calls for all the shelter visitors to listen to her, which causes everyone to go silent. Kuromu explains how everyone is feeling afraid and insecure due to the magic beasts rampaging outside, which is why she asks for them all to calm down and think rationally again. Her words make an impact on the visitors as they all remain still paying attention to Kuromu. She asks the crowd if the beasts really are that scary, and asks them the question which is stronger: the fear of the beasts, or her cuteness. She says this while completely sparkling and appearing absolutely lovely to the crowd. In return, the excited crowd yells out that Kuromu's cuteness is stronger. The crowd all begins cheering that Kuromu is cute and the best, much to Elizabetta's amazement seeing how great the demon idol is at removing everyone's fear. Kuromu then turns to the park staff hoping they'd get involved, but they're already psyched up to help out claiming that everyone for the concert is ready. Kuromu then winks towards the audience claiming that she will now start the concert.
\\\
Within Wlavoas Prison, Wett leads the way down a path of guards they just defeated while Atori and Hyudarin follow close behind. Hearing all the commotion now going on above ground, Atori laughs that the demon visitors sound like they're making a riot. Wett figures that this is a sign that the destruction of Walter Park seems to be going pretty well. Atori continues on claiming that they sound scared due to how noisy it is. However, Atori suddenly becomes confused when he begins hearing something that sounds like music. At that same time within the shelter, Kuromu starts singing a song about people being in love. The visitors all cheer in excitement, which Elizabetta and the babies she was trying to watch over all join in at cheering Kuromu on.
\\\
Switching over to Opera's group, Opera and Ameri stand ready to fight the Panther Rat while Clara continues swinging around holding on to end of one of its tails. Ameri claims that she will handle this herself, and asks for Opera to go in and rescue Clara, much to Opera's surprise. Opera doesn't remain convinced, but Ameri uses her magic to raise up the ground to block the incoming Rat's multi-tail attack claiming that she will be okay. Opera notes the large spot on the Panther Rat's forehead, and states that it might be a soft spot given that the Rat seems to keep it well protected. He advises Ameri to aim for that spot since it might be the Rat's only weakness, which Ameri accepts. As Opera watches Ameri, he finds it amazing how she's already someone capable of such insane reflexes controlling unconventional magic. That this is what he should have expected from her being Babyl's Student Council President at the level of Rank 6 (Vav).
\\\
Ameri goes about dodging the Panther Rat's tail strikes as Opera easily goes in and grabs Clara off the tail. Clara remains impressed by the sight of Ameri fighting the Rat while Opera notes that the sight of the powerful Ameri fighting makes him want to try it out himself. After dodging all the Rat's attacks, Ameri stands face-to-face with it claiming that they will now have their revenge. Ameri begins to activate a spell where flower markings appear on her hair, and causes it to sparkle; showing that for the first time, Ameri is choosing to go all out against an enemy. Ameri warns the Panther Rat that there will be nothing left of it after this, and that she will destroy it priding herself as a member of the Azazel family. She leaves off stating to the Panther Rat that she will show it the power of Ameri Azazel.
\\\
The Panther Rat senses the danger Ameri's giving off, and changes its battle strategy by suddenly stabbing its tails into the ground. Opera notices the Rat's new scheme, and warns Ameri to look up as it's planning to leap. Sure enough, the Panther Rat uses its tails to spring itself up into the air aiming to crush Ameri upon landing. However, Ameri announces that she will not be crushed, and manages to grab hold of the Panther Rat when it tries to land on her. She then announces that she's strong as well, and easily throws the Panther Rat back into the rubble. Clara continues watching Ameri in amazement as Opera starts to understand what's going on.
\\\
As Ameri dusts her hands off, a recap is provided of Ameri's bloodline ability, Romanticist, also known as King of Delusions. Romanticist allows for Ameri to draw out her maximum power depending on her belief of her own strength. It's said to be the mightiest buffing magic of the Azazel Family amongst those who possess strong will. Sure enough, Ameri walks towards the Panther Rat covered in an aura that's making her strong, powerful and invincible. The sight of the buffed up Ameri leaves Opera interested in what's current going on getting to witness the Romanticist bloodline ability in action. Opera thinks over how Romanticist is the ultimate self-hypnotism. A double-edged sword that could wind up hurting the user if they're scared of the opponent. However, despite still being young, Ameri is not suffering from this negative aspect using it against the demonic beast. Thus, Opera confirms that Ameri is a demon with an iron will.
\\\
Ameri uppercuts the Panther Rat to the point of it falling to the ground. Clara questions if this means she beat it, but Opera answers no since the Rat still has the energy to stand back up. Once the Panther Rat stands up ready to continue fighting, it switches to a new strategy by spraying a dangerous gas out of its tails that overtakes its surroundings. Opera covers Clara's mouth to protect her worried that the Panther Rat is spraying a poisonous gas, and begins to worry that Ameri must have inhaled it. Despite the gas clearly having an affect on her, Ameri re-establishes her footing yelling out that she's totally fine while standing in a weird pose. Opera and Clara try to understand the situation, which he's surprised that Ameri isn't even faltering to poison. Clara adds that her pose looks cute, which leaves Opera even more confused when he sees that Ameri has started to sing.
\\\
Singing in front of the Panther Rat, Ameri thinks over how this is a song she once heard attending an Akudol concert. That ever since that concert, she's been unable to get the song out of her head. She continues to sing the lyrics about one's burning spirit, the strongest not giving up, and the need for 100% excitement. She thinks about how the lyrics give her inspiration as she swarms her leg in flames, and lands a powerful kick down upon the spot on Panther Rat's forehead that Opera told her about. Ameri continues to think about the lyrics that a maiden in love will never lose, and how she will one day make the person she's in love with fall in love with her. She then jumps off the defeated Panther Rat as Clara and Opera make their way towards her. The excited Clara calls Ameri amazing for all the super cool things she just did, which Ameri asks the former to calm down. Clara then pokes at Ameri trying to play with the latter, but Ameri feels intense pain at the touch, much to Clara's confusion.
\\\
Watching the two of them, Opera notices Ameri's body now shivering in pain after experiencing such intense combat. He figures that it's a side-effect of using Romanticist. That Romanticist is a magic that releases all the user's power without restraint, but results in heavy backlash afterwards. Ameri finds the state she's been left in to be pathetic, but Opera assures her that that's not the case. That she should view this as proof that she still has room to grow. Thus, Opera praises Ameri for outdoing herself just now, and that she's still capable of growing stronger. Opera then begins to sparkle with interest, and gets in Ameri's face asking her to become his, and the principal's, assistant after graduation so that they can work to grow stronger together. Ameri replies to Opera's words stating that she's honored to hear that she can still grow. However, she declines the offer since she's already decided to help with her father's work after graduation.
\\\
Opera states his disappointment claiming that it would have been more interesting for his home to have more people in it, which catches Ameri's attention once she realizes that Opera is referring to working within the principal's house. That she would be living under the same roof as Iruma. Ameri pictures Iruma saying that he's home to her while she asks in return if Iruma wants dinner or a bath. Thus, Ameri questions if living at the principal's house would mean that her and Iruma would be as if they're a married couple. Seeing Ameri struggling at the thought of marriage, Opera begins to walk away asking to pretend that this conversation never happened. However, he's caught off-guard when Ameri grabs him from behind.
\\\
Ameri explains that it's true that she's already decided on her career path, but that doesn't mean that she's completely rejected his kind offer. Thus, Ameri yells at him that there are times in life where choices will change, and its for that reason that she will one day think about Opera's offer again. In return, Opera accepts her words, though he remains surprised that Ameri still had enough power within her to hold him still. Opera is left shaking in fear experiencing Ameri's leftover strength, which Clara pokes at him joking that he's now shivering just like Ameri. The sight of Clara reminds Opera to finally ask why she came back, which Clara explains that she thought she would be of use using her Summon bloodline to provide them with weapons. She quickly creates a small axe, which scares Ameri due to how close Clara summoned out the axe. Hearing about Clara's Summon ability gives Opera an idea, which he asks for Clara to make for him a secret weapon.
\\\
At that same time, the Carmine Dragon is still roaring and rampaging at the location of Shichiro's group. Azz and Sabro watch the demonic beast from a nearby rooftop, which Azz is annoyed that the Dragon is being a loud lizard. Sabro asks if Azz is scared, and that he can still run away, but Azz calls that nonsense. Azz tells Sabro to go back since the former can do this himself, which Sabro laughs it off refusing to do so. Sabro proudly announces that a great Demon King would never run from a fight, which bugs Azz ordering Sabro to take his chances. As Azz and Sabro are about to start the fight against the Carmine Dragon, they yell at each other not to slow them down.
\\\
Underneath the rubble at the location of the Carmine Dragon is the group of trapped children that Shichiro's group are trying to reach. The children are all crying their eyes out, which one of them tries to keep them calm claiming that someone will surely save them. This child thinks to himself that someone will surely come for them as sunlight comes shining in above them due to the removal of one of the rocks. Appearing from the hole is a smiling Iruma extending his out to the trapped children while assuring them that it will be alright. Outside the hole, Picero is seen being the one who used My Area to open the ground for Iruma while Shichiro is on standby helping Iruma get the children out. Once they're all out, the kids go about playing on Picero's cloud to keep their mind off the crisis. Iruma asks the original boy he saved if that's all the kids, which the boy answers it is. Shichiro points out that they should move to a safer place due to some of the kids being injured, which Iruma agrees to. While they move, Iruma asks if Azz and Sabro will be alright, which Shichiro notes that Azz and Sabro were definitely arguing once their group split up.
\\\
Shortly beforehand, Sabro and Azz are seen arguing in front of Iruma. Sabro yells that he will go after the lizard (referring to the Carmine Dragon) since he's someone who's got experience dealing with magic beasts. In return, Azz yells that he should be the one fighting it since it would be bad for someone as rampant as Sabro to go. Sabro then turns the one he deemed his rival asking Iruma if the latter will feel more secure should Sabro fight it, which Iruma agrees to. Azz then jumps in pointing out that Iruma can also rely on him, much to Sabro's annoyance. Iruma points out that he, himself, should go since this mission was his idea, but Azz and Sabro both reject it, and head off to deal with the Carmine Dragon. Back in the present, Shichiro assures Iruma that he ordered Azz and Sabro to just act as decoys gaining the Dragon's attention without getting close. He also made the order to them clear to not attack the Carmine Dragon only for an explosion to occur above them, which grabs the attention of Shichiro, Iruma and Picero.
\\\
Having gone against Shichiro's order, Azz and Sabro are seen battling it out with the Carmine Dragon above the others. Azz launches a Razor Fire tornado that punches the Dragon at the side of the face while Sabro uses Weapon Creation to forge a large axe that cuts at the demonic beast's body. The two of them land back on nearby rooftops, which Azz claims that he was faster while Sabro counters that he cut deeper. The result is them arguing with Azz claiming that he cut deeper while Sabro claims that his attack was stronger. Watching from afar, Iruma is unable to believe that Azz and Sabro are arguing in the midst of battle as Shichiro facepalms knowing that he ordered them not to attack. Shichiro begins to worry that this is a sign of him having no authority as a teacher, which Iruma tries to reassure him. Meanwhile, Azz spots the others from far, and is glad to see that Iruma completed his mission to save all the children. The Carmine Dragon then swipes at Azz, which the latter claims that he must do his duty should said dragon make Iruma angry, and powers up his fire magic again.
\\\
Azz casts a large Fire Blast shot that hits the Carmine Dragon, which a nearby Sabro is forced to get out of the way. Sabro complains that Azz almost got him, and was even burned a little. Azz is left disappointed that he was so close to hit both, which annoys Sabro asking what Azz meant by that. However, Azz ignores it claiming that it's Sabros fault for being too close to his fire attack, and should stand back since he's getting in the way. Azz's word angers Sabro to the point of using Weapon Creation again to forge over a dozen lance spears, which the then throws towards the Carmine Dragon. They all hit across the dragon's back, and this time around, Azz is forced to get out of the way from being hit by a spear. Both of them remain angry at one other for getting in each other's way as Azz proceeds to summon out his Gorgon Snake familiar claiming that he will be offering this victory to Iruma.
\\\
Combining his fire magic with the fire breath of his Gorgon Snake, Azz and his familiar launch a massive fire attack upon the Carmine Dragon while yelling at Sabro to just shut up and watch. However, Sabro, riding on his Kelbie familiar, flies up on the other side of the Dragon. Sabro yells back refusing to follow Azz's order as his Kelbie dumps a massive shot of water down upon the Carmine Dragon's head. Azz gets soaked by the water as well, much to his annoyance, which Sabro laughs that he now looks more handsome this way. Meanwhile, Iruma and Shichiro continue to watch from afar. Iruma finds their efforts amazing despite the constant arguing, which Shichiro agrees finding it surprising that Azz and Sabro are pushing the Carmine Dragon back. Thus, Shichiro finds it terrifying that Azz and Sabro are already proving themselves to be strong despite being just first year students.
\\\
Worried that they might let their guards down, Shichiro believes that it's about time for him to go in and back Azz and Sabro up. However, their attention is brought to the Carmine Dragon preparing to launch some sort of breath attack. Azz and Sabro notice it too as Shichiro quickly moves to shield Iruma from the danger that's about to happen. The dragon fires a beam of magic that Azz and Sabro avoid, but it strikes the building that Iruma and company were within. Sabro is left amazed by the intensity of the dragon's breath attack while Azz looks to the destroyed building worried about Iruma. However, Shichiro is shown to back completely blocked the attack to shield Iruma. The only damage being a burn to Shichiro's right arm that he used to block. Thus, Azz is relieved upon realizing that Iruma is perfectly safe thanks to Shichiro. Iruma then looks worried towards Azz trying to shout something to him, but Azz is unable to hear. Eventually, he's able to hear Iruma warning him to look behind, which the Carmine Dragon is now directly behind Azz ready to attack. Iruma and Shichiro fear for Azz's life knowing that the latter won't be able to react to the danger in time, which the dragon proceeds to fire another beam of magic upon him.
\\\
The sight of Azz being overtaken by the Carmine Dragon's break attack causes Iruma to fear for the worst. He remembers back to Kalego's words warning Iruma that the boy's grown too accustomed to putting himself in danger. Iruma thinks over how whenever he got involved in a crisis, he always believed deep down that everything will work out. However, he's ignoring the fact that he's actually got friends these days, and that it's a problem that he's been dragging his precious friends into danger as well. Iruma falls to his knees about to cry hating that he didn't realize something this obvious until now. However, Shichiro points him to look back towards Azz's location. Upon looking, it turns out that Sabro had blocked the Carmine Dragon's attack with a shield attached to his back from hitting Azz. Despite the rough shape Sabro was left in, Iruma is relieved to see that Azz is still alive, which Shichiro states that this was a close call.
\\\
Sabro takes off the shield he forged with Weapon Creation, and confirms that the Carmine Dragon's beam completely melted it. Azz questions Sabro why he chose to save the former as it would have been better to be used as a decoy for Sabro to attack the beast instead of ending up badly injured. However, Sabro laughs that it should be obvious why he saved Azz from this situation. Sabro proudly announces that pulling such a stunt would make him look extremely cool, which leaves Azz silent not knowing how to reply that. However, Sabro points out that he's not seeking gratitude from Azz since it's a given that a Demon King has to be cool. Suddenly, Azz spots the Carmine Dragon about to shoot a fire-breath attack at them, which he manages to push Sabro out of the way, and take cover behind a wall. Azz is left annoyed that the dragon also apparently breathes fire. Sabro points out that the dragon seems to be full of tricks, and asks if Azz can still move. In return, Azz assures him that it's no big deal being ready to fight some more.
\\\
Despite Azz standing ready to fight the Carmine Dragon, Sabro calls for them to retreat, much to Azz's surprise. Azz questions what's going on since they've already made it this far, and that this goes against Sabro's earlier words claiming that he wants to be the coolest. Azz is about to suggest that he continues the fight himself only to be interrupted and silenced when Sabro questions if that truly is his ambition. Sabro explains that he won't stop Azz if his ambition is to win against the demonic beast, but he then warns Azz that he will probably die. He further explains to Azz that he was taught about his willingness to die and his own immaturity, which is a reference to when Iruma helped him out when he was about to die during the Flying Race event. Sabro continues to explain that because he's serious about one day becoming the Demon King, he's reflected on this thoughts and behavior, such as when he sucked in his pride to apologize to teacher Blushenko. Thus, Sabro is proud to tell himself that his growing.
\\\
Sabro then points out that unlike himself, he's convinced that Azz hasn't grown even a millimeter. He points out that despite the potential Azz has, he's always distracted by Iruma, which leaves Azz unable to say anything. Sabro then grabs Azz's collar asking him once more what his ambition is, and that it must be something bigger than just defeating a demonic beast. He asks if Azz truly is someone that wants to be Iruma's indestructible spear no matter the enemy, and calls Azz an idiot for forgetting about his true ambition. Having been impacted by Sabro's words, Azz orders Sabro to move, which he then casts up a Flame Wall to protect them from the Carmine Dragon.
\\\
Azz explains that he used up all his remaining mana just now so that they can retreat, and sucks in his pride admitting that Sabro calling him a fool just now was right. Sabro smiles back at him in return as the two of them get to running away alongside the Flame Wall so that the dragon has a hard time trying to see them through the flames. As they run along the rooftop, the two of them dodge a swipe from the Carmine Dragon, which Sabro is left amazed that the Flame Wall is hiding their location. Azz is left confused as to why Sabro's not using his Kelbie familiar to ride it to safety, but Sabro provides the bad news that he's got no magic power left to summon it out. In return, Sabro questions why Azz isn't trying to fly away, which Azz answers back that he's out of stamina. The result is Sabro laughing that they both appear to be completely exhausted.
\\\
As they continue running, Azz takes the moment to stubbornly thank Sabro for saving him from the Carmine Dragon's energy beam, which a surprised Sabro points out Azz saying that came out of nowhere. Azz assures him that it's just the adrenaline talking, and that he knows that what he just said sounds pathetic. However, Sabro accepts it claiming that what they're currently doing is the coolest. Catching a glimpse of Azz and Sabro through the flames, the Carmine Dragon prepares its powerful magic beam breath again. Azz and Sabro fear that they're done for believing that the beam is going to destroy the roof path they're using to escape, but are saved at the last second by Shichiro blocking the beam from hitting their location. Shichiro congratulates Azz and Sabro for being able to survive up to this point. He then takes off his mouth mask asking his two students to leave the rest to him.
\\\
Azz and Sabro reunite with Iruma, who comes running up to them worried about their current state. Both are glad to see Iruma in return, which Azz is taken by surprise when the crying Iruma goes to hug him. Iruma states how glad he is that Azz is safe, and that he's relieved he's still alive. In return, Azz apologizes for making him worry, but Iruma claims that he should be the one apologizing having not thought out the danger beforehand. The result is the two of them arguing with Azz claiming that it was his fault for getting careless while Iruma points out that he was the one who dragged Azz into this mess to begin with. Sabro then picks the two of them up reminding them that they still got to run away. While holding the two of them ready to start running, Sabro looks back smiling at Shichiro; claiming that staying around here will result in them being crushed.
\\\
Meanwhile, the Carmine Dragon is seen battling it out with a massive Wooden Dragon that goes about trying to tie up the former in its root attack. Shichiro is seen hanging from the Wooden Dragon's hair while holding a bottle of seeds. He explains that the Wooden Dragon is a cousin of the Nigi-Nigi weed, and that it grows faster the mana one puts within the weed seed. Shichiro goes about pointing out to the Carmine Dragon how the roots of his Wooden Dragon are now entangling around the opposing dragon's legs, neck, and base of the head horns. That as a biology teacher, he knows the Carmine Draogn's strengths and weaknesses.
\\\
The Carmine Dragon attempts to counter by launching a fire-breath attack, which Shichiro admits is a good decision given that wood is weak against fire. However, Shichiro warns it that the fire-breath won't be strong enough since the Wooden Dragon was made with said teacher's powerful mana. He also proceeds to taunt the Carmine Dragon that its mana is weaker, and creates a fist with his Wooden Dragon's roots to punch at the Carmine Dragon's throat, which it roars out in pain. Shichiro then points out how the Carmine Dragon dared to attack his precious students, and that it's for that reason that he will now make it regret that decision. The Wooden Dragon then goes in to land the finishing bite on the Carmine Dragon's neck; resulting in the Carmine Dragon falling to the ground in defeat.
\\\
Shichiro makes his way back to his students, which Iruma and company are all amazed by his efforts. However, Shichiro ignores it, and instead checks over his students to see if they're completely unharmed. Azz then looks back at the head of the defeated Carmine Dragon, and gulps in fear finding it unbelievable that Shichiro easily brought down the demonic beast that they were struggling with. Looking at Shichiro playing with his little Wooden Dragon doll that's become a small size in his hand agian, Azz realizes that said teacher is the indestructible spear that he desires to be one day. As a result, Azz starts to beg Shichiro to be his mentor, which annoys Sabro since it turns out that he also wants to be trained by Shichiro in order to become Demon King. In return, Shichiro finds it surprising that he now has students who look up to him. Suddenly, the Shichiro group notices the leftover magic within the Carmine Dragon acting up.
\\\
As if reacting to a call for help, the leftover magic from the defeated Mountain Bull and Panther Rat beasts are also seen acting up. Their leftover magic shoots into the sky, combines into a larger mass of magic, and heads in the direction of the Carmine Dragon. The mass of magic slams into the Carmine Dragon, which results in the dragon getting back up, and transforming into a large mutant creature having absorbed the magic of the Mountain Bull and Panther Rat. The mutated demonic beast roars at the surprised Shichiro group ready to fight again, and prepares to fire a magic beam. Shichiro orders his students to retreat, and prepares himself to block the attack. The magic beam hits Shichiro full blast, but once the dust settles, it turns out that he only had to block a portion of the beam thanks to the arrival of Opera and Ameri. The two of them are now standing alongside Shichiro having helped him block the attack.
\\\
As Ameri looks over her hands clearly feeling the affect of the powerful attack, Opera turns his attention to Iruma asking if he's okay. Iruma's unable to understand how Opera knew to come here, which the butler answers that he followed Iruma's scent. Sure enough, Iruma remembers Sullivan dumping some sort of substance on him before departing to Walter Park, which Opera explains was a perfume that gives Iruma a unique aroma. As the confused Iruma goes about sniffing himself, Opera looks upon the mutated demonic beast wondering what it is. Shichiro explains that there was a huge burst of mana light a moment ago. He then asks for Opera to give him a hand just like he did for him in the past, which Opera replies that it's a given. However, Opera points out the problem that it might be tough with just the two of them. Thus, Opera pulls out a summoning seal pretending not to know why he has it. The sight of the seal leaves Iruma in fear knowing what Opera's about to do.
\\\
Shortly after, Kalego suddenly appears in familiar form having been summoned by Iruma to their location, much to Kalego's confusion. Before Kalego could yell his anger at Iruma, Opera and Shichiro grab hold of him to keep him still. The sparkling Opera proceeds to pet familiar Kalego stating that they should combine their powers like the old days in order to defeat the current enemy. In return, Kalego is convinced that Iruma summoning him was Opera's plan all along. The sparkling Shichiro also gets to petting familiar Kalego excited at how fluffy the latter is, and that they have to deal with the beasts that have emerged, which Kalego orders him to calm down. Kalego orders Iruma to undo the summoning, but Opera interrupts that they can't just yet due to the need to kill the Mutant Demonic Beast that's in front of them.
\\\
Kalego remains unconvinced asking why they need his help for this. Trying to calm him down, Shichiro tries to explain that Kalego should use this as an opportunity to see how well he can cast magic in familiar form. Opera then asks for the students to stand back, which gets Azz and Sabro excited as they're about to see the cooperation of three high-rank demons. Opera, Kalego and Shichiro stand ready to fight the Mutant Demonic Beast, but Opera is unable to take it seriously due to Kalego's familiar form, who in turn reminds Opera that this is his fault. As they watch the three adults approach the beast, Azz points out the problem that this could be a death match due to their opponent being the combined form of three giant magic beasts. Sabro also agrees believing that this is going to be a long battle.
\\\
Activating their abilities, Opera proceeds to land a powerful Wrath Kick on the Mutant Demonic Beast's lower region, familiar Kalego summons out Cerberus to claw at the beast's center, and Shichiro summons out a Nigyul root attack to strangle the beast's neck. The result is a quick knockout for the Mutant Demonic Beast; leaving Iruma, Azz, Sabro, Ameri and Picero stunned in shock at the power display of the adults. Iruma remains confused as to how this was considered cooperation, which Sabro agrees that this was just each of the adults beating up the beast by themselves. Azz adds that this was just a display of their ruthlessness as Opera is seen bullying Kalego that his Cerberus also took on a cute form due to familiar mode. In the end, Iruma gets excited again realizing that the fight with the demonic beasts is finally over.
\\\
Still moving through Wlavoas Prison, a confused Wett finds it unbelievable hearing from Miki on the other end of his walkie talkie that the demonic beasts were all annihilated. Miki, who was watching over the events of Walter Park, also points out that even the combined Mutant Demonic Beast form was defeated, which surprises Wett that it was defeated in such a short time. She also warns Wett that there appears to be several high-ranked demons within the park who were able to dispose of the demonic beasts; leaving Wett to think their current situation over. Still following behind Wett, Atori asks if this is bad for them since the plan was to wreck Walter Park, yet they failed to do so. However, Wett reassures him that there's no problem, and that they just got to speed up their side of things. Atori questions what this means for Walter Park, which Wett smugly replies that the Mutant Demonic Beast is a child bred from their wicked magic. Thus, it still has one last trick.
\\\
Back on the surface, Iruma and company are caught off-guard by the magic within the Mutant Demonic Beast activating, which its body begins expanding looking like it's about to explode. Ameri questions how it's still alive, but Shichiro corrects her that the corpse is just accumulating its leftover magic until the point of self-destructing. Turning to Picero, Kalego orders him to use My Area to make for them a giant hole. Kalego then orders everyone to jump in while warning them that the beast's self-destruction is going to burn everything, and that they will suffer less damage hiding underground. Once everyone's in the hole, Iruma questions what will happen once the Mutant Demonic Beast self-destructs, which Opera answers that the explosion will likely obliterate half of Walter Park. Azz then notices how the Mutant Demonic Beast is moving to aim in a specific direction; warning them that it's aiming to launch its self-destruction magic towards the park shelter that's filled with the park visitors.
\\\
Ameri, Azz, and Sabro all prepare their magic knowing that at the very least, they have to try to divert the direction of the self-destruction blast. However, Kalego quickly orders them to knock it off; warning them that since the the Mutant Demonic Beast is already a magical bomb, just attacking it will cause it to explode. Iruma questions if there's any way to inform the shelter, but Shichiro provides the bad news that since it's far away, it would be too late for the visitors to escape even if they made it in time to warn them. The desperate Iruma asks if there's instead anything they can do about the exploding beast, but Shichiro makes it clear to him that it's too late for them to do anything. That it will fire, and kill all the visitors listening to Kuromu's concert within the shelter. As the Mutant Demonic Beast is on the verge of firing, Ronove steps out of hiding using his Charisma bloodline to yell at the beast; calling it stupid while ordering it to stop.
\\\
Iruma and company are unable to believe what Ronove's doing as he goes about scolding the beast for breaking into the park that was made by his legendary father, for invading his garden, and for hurting his people. Despite his legs clearly shaking in fear, Ronove calls the Mutant Demonic Beast a villain. Ronove yells at the beast that he will never forgive it for trampling on their "pleasure." He yells for the Mutant Demonic Beast to look at him, which his Charisma ability that causes everyone to start gazing at him in an instant finally activates; causing the beast to turn its attention towards Ronove. Sabro gets excited pointing out that the Mutant Demonic Beast is no longer targetting the shelter, but Azz points out that issue that it's now targetting to kill Ronove. The beast prepares to fire its self-destruction magic upon Ronove, which he begins to cry realizing that he didn't fully think this through as he's about to die. Suddenly, Iruma jumps in front of Ronove with his ring hand stretched out ready to fire magic. He calls for Ali asking if the latter can do it, which Ali appears ready to support his partner despite his desire to stay hidden.
\\\
Everyone watches in shock at the sight of Iruma standing before the self-destructing Mutant Demonic Beast. Shichiro worries for the boy's life while Kalego calls him an idiot not understanding what Iruma's trying to do. Iruma grabs his Ring of Gluttony, and switches it to the highest Ifrit Mode. He yells to Ali that the plan is to eat all the incoming magic, which Ali is about to agree with only to realize how crazy said plan is. He warns Iruma that swallowing this amount of magic is something he did not sign up for, which confuses Iruma as he believed that the Ring of Gluttony was capable of consuming all kinds of mana. Ali complains back that this will be super-hard on him taking all the self-destruct magic in one go only for Iruma to question how he can't do it when he knows that Ali was capable of swallowing all of Principal Sullivan's magic. Meanwhile, Ronove is unable to understand what's going on as from his view-point, Ali is out of sight, which makes it look like Iruma's talking to himself.
\\\
Overall, Ali admits that he will be capable of eating all the self-destruct magic. However, he points out that he will require Iruma's help, and asks if Iruma remembers back to the time the boy used magic to change the ring spirit's appearance. He orders Iruma once more to imagine it, which the boy agrees to. Iruma holds out his hand before Ali ready to change the ring spirit's appearance, which Ali reminds the boy that magic means imagination, and then orders Iruma to picture the ring spirit swallowing all of the Mutant Demonic Beast's magic. As a result, Iruma thinks over all the events and fun he experienced at Walter Park, and imagines an object that will swallow all magic. The Mutant Demonic Beast is about to fire its powerful self-destruct magic upon Iruma and Ronove, much to the worry of everyone watching. Iruma yells "Image" facing the beam of magic coming towards him, which results in Ali transforming into a cat with a giant mouth that bears a striking resemblance to a park parade float. Ali in the giant cat form chomps down upon the Mutant Demonic Beast, and successfully eats all the magic to the point of the beast shriveling down into a tiny lizard.
\\\
The sight of the defeated Mutant Demonic Beast leaves everyone shocked. Iruma sees that Ali looks like he's about to throw up, but the ring spirit quickly returns into the Ring of Gluttony before anyone catches sight of him. As a result, Iruma pretends that it was all him by raising his fist in victory thanking the beast for the meal. The rest of the group gathers around Iruma relieved that he's okay. The worried Azz asks if Iruma's okay while Sabro asks him what the spell was that Iruma just pulled. Ameri also states her worry questioning why Iruma always has to surprise her like that. Iruma struggles to answer, but they're all interrupted by an angry familiar Kalego calling the boy an idiot for doing it again. However, Iruma explains himself that he did not forget what Kalego told him that he shouldn't be getting used to danger. Iruma further explains that because he's gotten so used to being in danger, he developed a problem where he started to take it lightly. However, he regained that "sense of fear" the moment he realized that people precious to him were about to get hurt.
\\\
Iruma holds his chest admitting that he was feeling really scared, and believed that he was going to die standing before the Mutant Demonic Beast. He admits to feeling at that moment that all he's doing is making people worried, and that there was a chance that his actions won't save anyone. As a result, he chose to strengthen his resolve in order to save everything. A brief flashback of a greatly determined Iruma is seen jumping out of the hole towards Ronove. Thinking to himself that he doesn't want to forgo his ideals, Iruma announces to Kalego and company that this is his ambition. Kalego remains silent accepting Iruma's words, but still thinks of Iruma as a fool seeing the boy's hands and voice shaking in nervousness. Watching Kalego continue to scold Iruma from afar, Opera admits that he's finally starting to get it. He remembers back to when he originally met Iruma wondering why Sullivan chose this boy specifically. However, upon seeing Iruma's actions, Opera now believes he understands why Sullivan chose Iruma.
\\\
Meanwhile within Wlavoas Prison, Kirio's prisoner group is seen having made their way up to 1st floor, which a pile of rubble blocks the way forward. Led by Bats, they all begin climbing the rubble questioning if this is it, and become excited that they're so close to finally getting outside. Selaguts points out the oddity that Kirio's disappeared, which Imp replies that they got separated from him at some point. They eventually spot a prison barred window above the rubble shining light down upon them. Excited to get out, Bars gives the order to the rest of his fellow prisoners to break down the bars. The moment they touch the bars however, all the prisoners are instantly knocked back by a burst of magic. Bats is unable to understand what's going on not being able to touch the bars, which Lumero tests it again only for his hand to get repelled once more. Lumero begins to sweat nervously upon realizing that the barred window can only be opened from the other side. Suddenly, they spot Kirio appearing out of a pipe on the other side, and waves hi to the demons that have been awaiting his arrival.
\\\
The confused prisoners not knowing how Kirio got out call over to him for help. However, Bats and the other prisoners are all stunned silent once they realize that the demons who were awaiting Kirio's escape are the Six Fingers, which they all bow down before him. Wett welcomes Kirio back, and explains that the Six Fingers are here to escort him out of here. The prisoners still on the other side of the barred window remain confused as to what's going on, which Kirio gives them a smug smile. Kirio asks the Six Fingers what the plan was again. In return, Wett states that Baal's orders were to "Destroy Water Park" and "Free Kirio," much to Bats and company's confusion that releasing the other prisoners aren't included. Bats calls Kirio a bastard while Lumero questions Kirio if this means he's betraying and leaving them. Taking off his prisoner collar, Kirio doesn't agree with their accusations, and reminds the prisoners that he never actually said that he was going to help free them. Amongst the trapped prisoners, Imp looks upon Kirio, and it's at this moment that he realized it. That while all the prisoners were considered to be "bad," the soft-looking man before him was different from the other prisoners to the point that he was truly "evil." As Wett provides their newly freed prisoner some proper clothing, Kirio taunts the prisoners telling them that they did a good job.
\\\
The prisoners who teamed up with Kirio are all seen becoming enraged unable to believe what's going on. Bats calls him a bastard, and accuses Kirio of tricking them by pretending to help them escape, and then betraying them at the last second. He asks Kirio why he's doing this, which Atori points out in agreement asking why it's not fine to release them. Atori explains that Walter Park would be in more chaos with the prisoners released, but Kirio rejects it. Still pushing, Atori is unable to understand, and asks what the purpose was bringing the prisoners all the way up to the final barred window. In return, Kirio explains that the reason he brought all the prisoners to the very edge of escaping was because he had no intention of letting them out. He points out how the prisoners listened to his plan, believed in him, and volunteered to help.
\\\
Walking up to the trapped prisoners who are still stunned in shock at what they're hearing, Kirio states that seeing their ideals fall apart in front of their very eyes is the greatest despair. Looking at them face-to-face through the bars, the ecstatic Kirio reveals that he's wanted to see that look of despair on their faces for so long, much to the fear of Bats, Imp and the others. Kirio turns his attention back to Atori pointing out that releasing them would be pointless since they'll quickly get caught again anyway, which Atori finally accepts. Atori thinks to himself that he originally couldn't understand why such a weak guy was one of their leaders, but upon seeing Kirio's treatment of the prisoners, he admits his amazement to see such a wonderful example of a demon such as Kirio who's "Returned to Origins." Now that he's free, Kirio suggests that it's time for them to head home.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, Iruma is heard also saying that they should think about heading home. Surrounded by his fellow Abnormal classmates, Iruma tries to explain to them that they're all weary despite having reunited safely, and that the park is currently all tattered. However, his words are completely ignored by his classmates, and Iruma realizes that trying to convince them at this time isn't the best. It turns out that they're all sitting on a large parade float, and are being cheered at by the watching visitors. In addition, Ronove stands at the head of the float getting the visitors hyped up with his speeches while Opera, Kalego and Shichiro sit on king-like chairs on the float with the Abnormal students. Iruma questions why they're holding a parade now after Walter Park was just attacked, which Ronove explains that this is exactly why there's no better time to hold one. A demon with a mustache then appears alongside Ronove adding in that the meaning of Walter Park is to have a fun time anywhere.
\\\
The mustache man then points out that Iruma and company are the Super VIP of the park at the moment, which they all remain confused as to who he is. This person turns out to be Rosevelt; the father of Ronove, and the manager of Walter Park. He announces to Iruma and company that this is his way of showing gratitude for saving his Walter Park, which he heard the stories from his son about how they all worked together to kick the demonic beasts' butts. Thus, Rosevelt sparkles happily stating that he owes them a great debt of gratitude. Rosevelt figures that he will eventually have to greet the teachers as well, but he first turns his attention to the Abnormal students asking who their leader is. Not wanting anything to do with Rosevelt, they all quickly point to Iruma, much to his fear.
\\\
Shortly after, Rosevelt is seen at the front of the parade float alongside his son, and is holding Iruma in his arm. Rosevelt and Ronove go about cheering, and yell out that the Iruma he's currently with is Walter Park's savior. He also adds that Iruma's group from Babyls, as well as his son, Lomiere Ronove, are also their saviors, and orders everyone to hail their saviors. Iruma's unable to handle being called someone's savior, but Rosevelt makes it clear that given how he's the hero, Iruma and his friends must have their efforts recognized. Thus, Rosevelt asks for Iruma to leave the cheering to him as the float continues to move past all the excited and grateful visitors. Meanwhile just around the corner, a hiding Kirio is seen trying to catch his breath not being able to handle what he just witnessed.
\\\
Seeing Iruma on the parade float being celebrated as a hero, Kirio questions why he's here. He figures that the only reason must be that Iruma was the one who defeated the demonic beasts, and realizes that Iruma has once again foiled his plan. Feeling ecstatic again, Kirio thinks to himself that this must be destiny. As Kirio's about to re-confirm that Iruma truly is the same as him, his thoughts are interrupted by Baal contanting him over Wett's walkie talkie. Baal asks if Kirio's there, and orders for him to report immediately. Kirio sighs in disappointment claiming that he is indeed back, which annoys Baal claiming that he will strangle Kirio for not sounding determined.
\\\
Baal states how he heard that Walter Park is still intact, and would have preferred for it to be completely destroyed since such a happy place being an outlet for wicked phase demons goes against the chaotic world he desires. However, he warns Kirio and the Six Fingers that it's about to be troublesome for them at the park due to the arrival of the police department. Thus, he orders Kirio to return, which the latter accepts. Baal smiles smugly claiming that it's perfect that Kirio's back since the latter's warped mind is still needed in order to achieve their ambition, and continue to spread chaos. Kirio agrees, and then takes a look back in Iruma's direction. He claims that he will surely meet Iruma again since the boy is his destined enemy. Shiida also takes one last look in Iruma's direction before disappearing with the others. Meanwhile as Iruma's still cheering atop Rosevelt's parade float, he looks in the direction of the dark alley where Kirio and the Six Fingers were thinking that he noticed something.
\\\
Opera asks Iruma what's the matter, but Iruma's unable to say anything. The butler then hands over Iruma's backpack that the latter thought he lost. Iruma's glad to find his phone still within it, and also finds a note that Sullivan left for him before he left for Walter Park. Iruma realizes that it was the promise note that he wrote with Sullivan, which Sullivan leaves a message asking for Iruma to promise to have fun with everyone. Azz then calls for Iruma's attention, which the latter turns around, and sees the teachers, Abnormal students, and Ameri all smiling and having fun. Iruma smiles back believing that he kept his promise that despite all the troublesome things that happened today, he managed to have a lot of fun. Meanwhile at home, Sullivan is seen freaking out watching the news report about Walter Park's restoration after the demonic beast attack. The worried Sullivan questions what went down after he locked himself in his room due to feeling lonely without Iruma, and that he spent all this time looking over his Iruma photos. Calling out Iruma's name in worry, Sullivan heads off for the park.
\\\
Shortly after, the restoration process is seen having begun in Walter Park with many demons going about removing the rubble. Sullivan cries in Iruma's arms glad to see that Iruma's safe as Opera goes about wiping up the tears while Rosevelt and the other employees cry at the sight of such a happy moment. Opera apologizes to Sullivan stating that the plan was to return home earlier. However, the plan changed when it turned out that Rosevelt had prepared hotel rooms for them to stay in. Sure enough, Iruma and company are seen within Rosevelt Hotel; a luxury hotel floating in the sky above Walter Park. The sparking Rosevelt explains that giving them the hotel rooms was a given since they're the heroes of Walter Park. He then bumps fists with Sullivan as it turns out that the two of them are good pals. Rosevelt claims that just the fact they're Sullivan's students means that they're more than welcome to be here, which Sullivan thanks him for.
\\\
Sullivan whispers to Rosevelt asking if a certain set of preparations are ready, which Rosevelt answers they are. Still worried, Sullivan falls into tears again asking Iruma if he's alright, or has been traumatized to the point of not going outside for awhile, which Iruma answers no. Iruma happily answers that he enjoyed the park, and that he's fine thanks to Opera and the teachers protecting them. In return, Sullivan cries tears of happiness calling Iruma brave, and thanks opera for a great job. Opera accepts the praise, but also warns master Sullivan that the latter will dehydrate if he keeps crying. Sullivan happily announces that from now on, Opera and the other two teachers he assigned are Iruma's official bodyguards, which Opera accepts.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, Kalego is seen shivering in fear as he walks alongside Schchiro down a hallway of the hotel. Shichiro asks what's wrong, which the confused Kalego answers that he's got a bad feeling (not knowing what Sullivan just decided). Changing the subject, Shichiro asks if Kalego's figured out who was behind the attack, which Kalego answers that he knows based on reports from the police that it was a few members of the park staff. However, it turned out that the other staff members and the prisoners who were involved with the culprit can't remember their names or what they looked like. An image of Wett is seen waving his hand in front of the park staff and prisoners he interacted with as if he wiped their memory. In the present, Kalego figures that there was a some sort of spell involved that erased the memories of the culprit. Kalego opens the door to his hotel room asking Shichiro for the two of them to continue their talk here only to come across the 4 students he watched over in the park living it up. Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui go about eating snacks and laughing it up making fun of how Kalego was enjoying himself fighting against the Mountain Bull.
\\\
Kalego yells at them asking why they're here, which they all freak out not expecting the teacher to return to soon, and try to clean things up. Still yelling, Kalego orders them to go back downstairs to their own rooms. Goemon points out that they wanted too see the more elegant upper rooms, which Jazz adds that they wanted to rob and play. Lied and Kamui continue eating snacks stating that they've been thinking about today's events, which Kalego yells at them to stop eating on the bed. Jazz is also seen carrying around expansive things finding it awesome that there's so much good stuff to steal. Kalego yells once more ordering him to stop looting. He yells for his students to get out, which Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui get too leaving, but aren't fearful of Kalego anymore. Kalego and Shichiro can hear the four students continuing to have fun, such as heading to the hotel's game center. Shichiro points out that the kids seem to like Kalego now, who replies by calling them the worst since they like to mess with them.
\\\
At that same time, the girls that were assigned to Opera's group are all seen picking out clothes within the hotel's clothes room. Elizabetta gets excited asking if she really can take whatever clothes she likes, which the employee states is indeed the case as it's a present from owner Rosevelt. Ameri goes along with it since her clothes got all ragged from the fighting. Clara points out that Ameri was cool making all the fighting and explosion noises, which Elizabetta adds that Kuromu's concert was wonderful as well. She asks Kerori if she also thought that the concert was cool, but Kerori remains silent not being able to reveal her idol identity. Ameri then changes the subject pointing out that it's good that everyone turned out safe, which Elizabetta and Kerori agree with. The employee then brings up how there's a planned dinner buffet and cake, which the girls all get excited asking for different kinds of desserts.
\\\
Shortly after, the dinner buffet for Iruma and company begins, much to everyone's excitement. Ronove tries to feed Picero shoving food into the latter's cheek while Lied and Jazz are trying out random food. Azz happily provides a large plate of food for the excited Iruma, who eats it all quickly. Opera tries to provide Kalego some cake, and Azz and Sabro go about arguing over eating vegetables or meat respectively. Finally, Lied and Goemon begin to worry when they realize that Clara's jumped into the tower of pudding, and need to save her. Suddenly, Ameri notices Iruma walking towards the hotel balcony, which he silently looks towards Walter Park down below the floating hotel. Ameri notices he's alone, and is about to call out to him, but she suddenly realizes that she's now alone with him in a quiet place with a night view. She begins to blush remembering that this moment was a romantic scene that popped up in "First Love Memories." Catching her breath, Ameri walks up to Iruma, and calls out to him.
\\\
Looking upon Ameri, Iruma first notices the beautiful dress she's wearing, which she struggles to explain that she had no choice due to her other clothes being dirty, and that her current dress was a gift from Rosevelt. However, Iruma happily states that it suits her, which leaves her blushing unable to say anything more. Iruma then points out that Ameri appearing is good timing as he has something to tell her. He explains how they once talked about ideals and ambitions, but in the end, he's realized that having fun with everyone is his ideal after all. Clenching his fist however, Iruma further explains that he knows there's still something he needs in order to protect this ideal. Thus, Iruma announces to Ameri that he will go about changing in order to achieve his ambition of protecting his ideals, and asks for her to watch him. Impressed by Iruma's words, Ameri thinks to herself that Iruma is continuing to become stronger every time he's been out of her sight. Ameri teases Iruma calling him greedy for the claim earlier that he's going to save everything.
\\\
Wanting to push her own ideals forward as well, Ameri is about to ask Iruma for the next time to just be the two of them, but is interrupted by the arrival of Clara and Azz bursting out onto the balcony, much to Ameri's annoyance. Having been searching for Iruma, the sparkling Clara informs him that there's a giant cake to be eaten. The sparkling Azz also adds that Shichiro agreed to teach him magic, and suggests that he and Iruma learn from him together. Iruma happily agrees to it, and turns to ask Ameri if he can go, which she's forced to accept not liking that she was interrupted again. However, Iruma catches her off-guard when he asks her if they can go somewhere just the two of them, which causes her to blush and give off steam to the point of falling unconscious. Overall, a final message is provided claiming that Iruma and company have overcome hardships, learned a lot, and that there will be many more exciting things from now on.
\\\
After dinner, Iruma, Azz and Clara return to their hotel room, which Iruma is ready to get some sleep. However, he finds the Abnormal students all holed up in his room watching the television. On the television is Rosevelt holding a press conference with Sullivan, which a reporter is amazed to hear from the two of them that the saviors of Walter Park were Iruma and his friends. Rosevelt and Sullivan state that the students of Babyls, Ronove, and Iruma are all heroes, much to the amazement of Iruma's friends that are watching the television. However, Iruma begins to fear for the worst confused as to what the hell Rosevelt and Sullivan are doing by making him famous. That he's once again going against his desire of not wanting to stand out.
[[/folder]]

to:

----

[[folder:'''Long Walter Park Summary''']]
The story starts with a recap of a Demon King who was once too busy to the point of building up a lot of stress. The result was the built up stress all bursting out uncontrollably. The Demon King went on a rampage of destruction for 30 days, and devastated everything within reach. Overall, this became known as the origin of the long stress-relieving vacation.
\\\
In the present, Iruma is seen in his bedroom rolling around on the floor with Ali not knowing what to do for his vacation. Ali points out that there was always something fun going on at school, which Iruma agrees that such a thought is what makes his current predicament kind of sad. Iruma happily thinks over his past experiences of how he originally didn't want to go to school, but has now reached a point where he's come around to liking it. Ali takes the form of Clara suggesting that Iruma should go spend some time with Azz and Clara during the break, but Iruma doesn't agree with not wanting to intrude on their vacations. However, he suddenly hears the doorbell ringing. Iruma goes to the front door, and is surprised to find Azz and Clara visiting him in the morning. Seeing that they might be bothering Iruma, Azz asks if they came at a bad time having not called ahead. However, Iruma isn't bothered and tells them to enter.
\\\
The 3 of them gather in Iruma's bedroom. Clara plays on Iruma's giant bed while Azz looks around amazed given that this is the first time he's been in Iruma's room. Iruma doesn't know what to do having never invited friends to his room, which Azz replies that there's indeed a reason that Clara and him are visiting. As Azz prepares to pull something out, Clara asks if Iruma is ready for this. Azz then shows off a large park guide sheet as they both state that they want to go to Walter Park with Iruma. Grabbing hold of the guide sheet, Iruma excitedly asks if what they're referring to is the amusement park, which Azz replies is indeed the case. Azz states that he and Clara caught on that Iruma was looking forward to going to an amusement park the most. Clara adds in that they want to plan a fun trip with Iruma, which the excited Iruma thanks them in return.
\\\
As the 3 of them look over the guide, Azz suggests that they should come up with the perfect day plan to experience many rides and restaurants. Clara agrees, and mentions that she's asked everyone else to come as well, which confuses Iruma and Azz. Suddenly, the doorbell rings once more. Iruma opens the front door, and is greeted by his other Abnormal classmates, much to Iruma's surprise. The Abnormal students look around in amazement, which Lied mentions that they've heard of how huge Iruma's home actually is. Lied then gives the thumbs up claiming that they're here to go to Walter Park together. Iruma doesn't mind, but an angry Azz is seen pulling at Clara's face not liking that she did something so unnecessary by asking the rest of the Abnormal students to join them.
\\\
The Abnormal students all join in helping come up with the day plan, much to Iruma's despair. Jazz mentions that the Scream-coaster and Tunnel to Hell rides are must-sees while Elizabetta suggests that they watch the parade. Goemon adds in that the parade starts at 11:00, so they should find good viewing spots at 10:30. Meanwhile, Sabro's attention is brought to a park area called the Demon King's Palace. Sullivan and Opera are seen observing Iruma and the Abnormal students, which Sullivan cries happy tears at the wonderful sight of his grandson having such capable friends. Opera mentions that he's also happy by the sight, which leaves Iruma confused as to how long they've been there. However, Iruma happily agrees with them as he returns to planning out his day at the park. As they discuss, Iruma notices the oddity that everyone is still in their school uniforms, which Jazz states that they had to look nice being in Chairman Sullivan's home. Meanwhile, Opera is seen providing them all drinks.
\\\
After the Abnormal students all leave, Sullivan helps Iruma prepare a bag for the trip to the amusement park. The two of them end up stuffing a large bag full of tools and food that goes above Sullivan's head. However, Opera is unamused noting that Iruma would never be able to carry such a heavy bag of luggage. In return, Sullivan cries out that this is necessary given that this is Iruma's first time going somewhere that isn't school. Given that it's only a 2 hour drive to the amusement park, Opera assures Sullivan that everything will be fine. That Opera will be the one who drives Iruma to the park, and pick the boy up when the day is over. Still worried, Sullivan clutches his grandson's hands, and orders Iruma to call up grandpa if anything happens. He asks for Iruma to keep this promise, and that he will be sending people to escort Iruma. The last part leaving Iruma confused as to what Sullivan meant by escorts. In return, Sullivan proudly states that the people escorting are very good at their job.
\\\
The next day, Iruma, Azz, and Clara are seen arriving at the large closed gate into Walter Park that's covered in dark clouds. The sight leaves Iruma amazed as he's greeted by the other Abnormal students who've been waiting for their arrival. Iruma's left surprised by how early everyone got here, and that he's actually seeing everyone in normal clothes for once. Lied agrees given that they're all excited. He also informs Iruma that amongst the Abnormal students, Schneider couldn't make it as he has to attend an Academic Conference with teacher Furcas. Jazz then points Iruma to another location, and sees an excited Opera, Shichiro Balam, and irritated Kalego on standby. Kalego complains not understanding why he's here, which Shichiro answers that it's an order from the principal. Shichiro then mentions that this could end up being fun, but Kalego remains unconvinced. Opera then interrupts asking if Kalego is still bad with crowds, and assures his junior that he and Shichiro will surely help him with this flaw. In return, Kalego wants nothing to do with this since he hates going anywhere with Opera.
\\\
Iruma watches on realizing that these 3 adults are the escorts that Sullivan told him about. He watches Opera and Kalego continuing to go at it with the former asking if Kalego's shy while the latter quickly refuses. Meanwhile, Shichiro is seen getting along with the Abnormal students with Lied mentioning that he's changed how he views said teacher. However, Shichiro becomes confused when Elizabetta points out that he still comes off scary. A person behind Iruma then calls for him. Iruma turns around, and sees that it's Ameri in casual clothing. Iruma is happy to see that Ameri could make it, but an irritated Ameri yells at him asking why it's not just the two of them like he originally told her. As she continues to ask why there's all these other people, Iruma is left confused by the statement having never said that it was just going to be the two of them. Ameri looks back at her phone text realizing that it's true Iruma never said such a thing. However, thinking back to her trying on clothes for the day with Iruma, she still remains disappointed that she got all excited for something that turned out to not be a date.
\\\
Eventually, an announcement from a toy bird is heard singing a tune for Walter Park to rise and shine. Sure enough Iruma's company, and all the visiting demons, start getting excited as the dark clouds covering the park disperse, and the large doors of the park entrance begin to open. Beyond the entrance, the workers all go about providing them a greeting in song welcoming them to Walter Park. Singing that along with the visitors having fun in the park, it's the workers' job to make them merry. They ask for everyone to come and enter the happiest place in hell, which Iruma happily charges forward along with the rest of his group.
\\\
Shortly after, the Abnormal class are all seen looking at the park guide. They all state their main interests of coming to the park, such as going on the Scream-coaster, visit the rest areas, get food, go shopping, or visit the Demon King's castle. One mentions that the waiting time for the castle is going to be horrible while another mentions that they should just all go wherever they like. The Abnormal students all begin to head off, but are instantly stopped by their escorts: Opera, Shichiro and Kalego. Kalego states that they have to have a chaperone should the group start splitting up and going off on their own. Lied complains asking why they can't go and do whatever they like, but Shichrio makes it clear that he can't. Shichiro offers the idea of splitting up into 3 groups given that they got 3 adults to act as chaperones, which Clara then offers to make it more interesting by turning it into a competition.
\\\
Iruma asks what she means by that, which Clara explains the rule that the winner will be the group that has the most fun in the park. Jazz likes the idea, and adds in that they can meet up as a group at the end to find out which team had the most fun. Opera also joins in stating that he will ask Sullivan to act as the judge. Lied also provides his input claiming that the winning team should be treated to a meal from the teachers, which angers Kalego calling them a bunch of idiots for already deciding something without thinking it over first. However, Shichiro and Opera talk is over claiming that it should be fine in the end since the overall goal is to just have fun. Opera adds in that this is a time they should be giving the kids some leeways, which irritates Kalego being the odd man out as the only unreasonable person. In the end, Kalego is forced to go along with it, and agrees to provide a reward should his team win. He then yells at his students that the losing team will have their homework for post-apocalypse day doubled, which scares Iruma, Goemon, Lied, and Jazz. As the students go about calling Kalego the worst, Ameri asks Elizabetta if said teacher is always like this, which she agrees is indeed the case.
\\\
Opera then announces that they should decide the teams with a lottery, and holds up a bucket of sticks for each student to pick one. After drawing straws, the 3 teams are established. Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero are set as Shichiro's group. Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta, and Kerori are set up as Opera's group. Ameri shown to be disappointed that she's not grouped with Iruma. Finally, Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui are set as Kalego's group. The last of which are all fearing for the worst. Lied grabs hold of Jazz's shoulder in comfort, which Jazz already understands what he's getting at. Kalego watches in disbelief as all his group's students break out into tears. Lied slams the group claiming they've already lost. Jazz questions how they're supposed to have fun when the Emperor of Darkness is accompanying them. Goemon begs to join the others, and Kamui complains that his group is nothing but a sausage fest. Kalego then warns them that their homework will instead be tripled should they lose, which they all change their tune claiming that they were kidding, and that Kalego is the best.
\\\
Meanwhile for the other two groups, Shichiro watches Kalego's group from afar believing that they appear to be getting along, which Iruma goes along with. Clara then claps hands with Ameri happy that they're having another girls-only party. With everything now set, Opera makes the announcement to begin as the 3 groups all set off to have fun in Walter Park. Opera's group appears to go towards the park's shopping area as Ameri remains pouting that she ended up in a different group than Iruma. Clara then points out how Ameri looks cute in casual clothes, which takes her by surprise. Opera agrees finding that the clothes suit her well, which Kerori adds that the president would look better in a one-piece dress. Along with Elizabetta, they all push Ameri along to buy her a one-piece dress, muich to her confusion.
\\\
Kalego's group is seen near a park coaster, which Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui hold a private conversation regarding what to do. Kamui suggests that they should just do whatever given that they've already lost, but Kalego notices them whispering and calls out to them. Fearing for their lives, Lied and company all start acting serious claiming that they're going to have fun no matter what. Meanwhile for Shichiro's group, Azz and Sabro are seen arguing about what to do first. Sabro wants to see the Demon King's castle first while Azz refuses until they've consulted with Iruma first. However, the excited Iruma has his attention on the performers showing off in the streets. Iruma notices a crowd nearby wondering if people are gathering for something fun that he's never seen before only to be surprised by the sight of Ronove showing off his charisma from a VIP parade float. Iruma ends up feeling like he's experiencing déjà vu while Azz remains confused as to why Ronove's here.
\\\
Ronove steps off the float, and greets Iruma and Azz as peasants that he hasn't seen for a while. Though he calls Iruma as Illuminati trying to remember him, which Iruma instantly corrects him. Sabro and Picero remain confused as to who Ronove is, which Shichiro explains the event where he was a student council president candidate that lost against Ameri. Iruma asks Ronove why the latter was a part of the parade, which he proudly reveals that this place is his sanctuary. That Walter Park was built for him by his father. Iruma is left amazed by the reveal finding it unbelievable, which Ronove replies that it's a given being the heir of a distinguished family. Ronove's talk is then interrupted by a demon behind him patting his back to remind Ronove that he's on inspection. This demon then asks if Iruma is a friend of master Ronove, which Iruma sorta answers that he is. As Ronove struggles in the background having been touched by a man, the demon who touched him is Huetoto, a member of Walter Park's staff, and appears to be a subordinate of Ronove.
\\\
Huetoto explains that he's been given a job by the park owner to guide Ronove while the latter goes around inspecting the park as it turns out that Ronove wants to build his own amusement park on the Babyls campus one day. However, he points out his struggles keeping an eye on Ronove, because he immediately goes off on his own towards whatever catches his attention, such as needing to shop everywhere, or joining the parade without permission. In return, Iruma and Azz show a bit of pity to Huetoto figuring that watching Ronove must be tiresome. Ronove tries to defend himself proudly claiming that he should be allowed to enjoy his garden as he pleases, which Huetoto reminds him once more that he's on inspection. However, this gives Shichiro an idea. Shichiro goes about explaining to Ronove the fun competition going on between the 3 Abnormal class groups, which he admits that the contest sounds really interesting. He announces that Iruma's group can depend on the great him while showing off a key-ring with VIP on it. Ronove claims that he will guide them to his most special areas. A hyper secret dangerous tour of areas where only those chosen by [=VIPs=], such as himself, can go.
\\\
The announcement scares Huetoto hoping that Ronove isn't talking about the basement, and orders him not to take them there. Iruma asks what the basement is, which Ronove points to the overall park. Ronove explains that above ground is an amusement park filled with many attractions. However, running such attractions requires a lot of magic to the point that the area beneath the park, the basement, makes up the power source. Iruma asks what he means by power source, which Ronove answer is prisoners. That beneath Walter Park is a giant fortress prison filled with the most delightful demons. However, Huetoto cries out correcting Ronove that the prisoners consist of weird and dangerous demons. Iruma is left thinking over the prison reveal while the rest of his group remains silent. Meanwhile within the prison, Kirio Amy is seen in handcuffs. Kirio looks up, and says to himself that the park seems to be more rowdy than usual today.
\\\
The story has a bit of a recap explaining how Iruma and company are spending the start of their summer break rushing into the amusement park, Walter Park. Iruma and company were then divided into 3 groups led by Opera, Shichiro, and Kalego. Opera gets Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta and Kerori. Shichiro gets Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero. And Kalego gets Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon. They go about competing to see who can have the most fun at the amusement park.
\\\
Opera's group are seen clothes shopping at Katherine Shop within the Walter Park's shopping mall, which Ameri is seen trying on clothing. Ameri shows off the clothes she's trying on, which excites Elizabetta finding her looking cute while the jealous Kerori is forced to admit that Ameri's got style. The shop workers claim that the clothing suits Ameri well as Elizabetta continues to praise her calling Ameri lovely. The result is Ameri looking over her clothing questioning if they're right about this. She remains unconvinced by the skirt claiming that she could fall over if an enemy ambushes her, which Elizabetta and Kerori sorta agree, but are in disbelief that Ameri is going about girl shopping all wrong.
\\\
Clara then calls for their attention as she shows off the mermaid dress she's trying on. She asks if she now looks like a mermaid, which Elizabetta sorta agrees other than the fact that Clara has no mermaid tail. The worried Kerori also warns Clara to not go about dragging the dress around. The main female worker of Katherine Shop is fine with it, but notices that Clara is wearing a dress too big for her. The worker calls for her assistant, Hugh, who then proceeds to take Clara's measurements. While measuring, Hugh explains that measurements of a body are infinite. That the material, color, and length of the clothing differs person to person. Hugh also notes that knowing your own size is the biggest shortcut to raising one's appeal.
\\\
Eventually, Clara is given a beautiful flower dress that better fits her. The impressed Clara calls Hugh amazing while Ameri and Elizabetta are also impressed. Opera apologizes for his group's actions, but Hugh is fine with it given how natural it is for people to want to know their size. The main female worker agrees claiming that they're just doing their Walter Park staff jobs acting out their roles as the park visitors' playmates whereever and whenever. The two staff members pose while making those claims, which leaves Clara impressed. Clara suggests that their group should also pose, and take a picture. Elizabetta agrees with the idea, and that they should send it to everyone while Ameri is embarrassed doing it in her current clothing. Hugh goes along with it suggesting them to pick out a spot in the store, and go with whatever pose they desire.
\\\
Switching over to Kalego's group, Lied gets sent the image of Opera's group posing and having fun in Katherine Shop. Lied, Jazz, Kamui and Goemon are left jealous seeing Opera's group having fun, which they all begin to freak out realizing that they're definitely going to lose to them. They quickly race around trying out colorful food, ice cream, playing with balloons and animal ear headbands in an attempt to show that they're also having fun. However, Kalego is given all of such items and is left completely unamused. Lied and Jazz fall over in despair finding this hopeless and not fun at all, which Kalego warns them that they better watch out once the day is over. Trying to make a good image to send everyone, Lied figures that they definitely look like they're leaving some sort of impact, but Goemon adds that they need to be showing more playful emotions.
\\\
The group is then greeted by two thuggish looking demons (one wearing a helmet, and a skeleton wearing a hat) asking if they got cash, which freaks out Lied and company realizing they've gotten involved in something terrible. They turn to Kalego believing that the teacher will protect them, but Kalego smugly points out that his hands are currently full given all the "goodies" his team provided him, much to his students' despair. However the helmet thug is left confused by their reaction pointing out that they're not trying to extort their money. He points them in the direction of shooting prize targets stall, and explains that they need opponents to play target practice with. The helmet thug also suggests that the one who hits the most prize targets is the winner, and that said winner wins the items that the loser shot as well.
\\\
Kalego's group finally get excited towards something, which Jazz proceeds to activate his Pit bloodline ability in order to see the path for the shots he must take. He orders Goemon to aim straight at the target after tilting to the right 60-degrees, which Goemon takes the shot. However, the skeleton thug gets in the way to block the shot, much to the annoyance and complaining of Kalego's students that they're playing dirty by interfering. However, the helmet thug points out that they never claimed sabotaging wasn't allowed, and that they're going with the strategy "No Touching the Prizes," much to Jazz and company's anger. They agree to go about sabotaging as well and order Kamui to go in, much to the latter's fear. Meanwhile, Kalego is seen not paying attention having no interest in watching the shooting duel that's going on.
\\\
Eventually, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui are able to take a picture of them all happily posing and having fun with the two thugs that challenged them to the shooting game. Jazz is satisfied that they finally have a picture looking like they're having fun, which Lied thanks the helmet thug for helping them. However, the helmet thug starts laughing, and states that this is a given. Surprising the students, he and the skeleton thug reveal themselves to be members of Walter Staff, and that it's their duty to be the visitors playmates whereever and whenever. Lied notes how surprising this is given that they don't look like staff members while Goemon adds that their staff pose was flawless. In return, the helmet worker laughs that that did their job well not given away that they're park staff. Jazz then suggests for them to take a new picture of the staff posing with them as well, but his phone dings seeing that Shichiro's group is now sending over their pictures. They see pictures, such as Iruma having fun on the merry-go-round and spinning cup rides, which shocks Jazz and company that Shichiro's group is sending over lots of pictures of their group having fun.
\\\
The helmet staff member comes over wondering what's up, which Jazz begs him to recommend any other places they can have fun, or else their group will lose. Lied joins in pulling out the park map, and asks if there's any places or a hidden gem that no other group has been to. Noticing a dark place called Kararagi Street on the map, Lied asks it, which the helmet staff member doesn't seem convinced. Kalego then finally steps in ordering the group to not go there. The teacher explains how Walter Park was originally built as a place for demons to vent out their stress when they're going through their wicked phase. As a result, Kararagi Street is a backstreet left over from those times, and is now a place where demons with bad reputations reside. That even today, it's still a place where these demons do shady and illegal businesses. Kalego leaves off with a final warning ordering them to not go there if they don't want their wings clipped off, but Jazz and Lied are unable to take it seriously seeing the flower left behind in Kalego's hair. As Kalego goes about torturing Jazz and Lied for the comment, Kamui looks to his phone still surprised that Shichiro's group is still sending pictures.
\\\
Switching over to Shichiro's group, Iruma and Ronove are seen happily dancing down a Walter Park street. The two of them go about having fun on many different rides as Huetoto struggles to keep up not being able to understand how Iruma and Ronove have such incredible stamina to keep going. Meanwhile, Azz and Sabro remain on standby watching Iruma go around having fun. Azz being the one taking all the pictures of Iruma's park adventure. However, they're also perfectly satisfied with the situation. Sabro is just happy to see his rival, Iruma, really energetic while Azz is the only focused on making sure that Iruma's having fun, much to Huetoto's confusion. Huetoto then turns to Shichiro ordering the teacher to escort them properly, but is left annoyed that Shichiro seems to be perfectly fine with this, and is just petting the entertainer that Picero is resting on.
\\\
While continuing their park adventure, Ronove points out to Iruma that the latter isn't bad being able to keep up with the former. The excited Iruma states that he's having a hard time deciding what to do next given that the park is full of so many interesting things. Meanwhile, Ronove yells out a reminder to the group to not get separated. Overall, Iruma is completely happy finding going to an amusement park so fun and interesting, and deems it the best. Jumping ahead however, Iruma is suddenly shown to be in Kararagi Street; having gotten himself separated from the group. Due to how dark and dangerous the place looks, Iruma sweats in fear realizing he screwed up, but figures he doesn't have to worry since he's got his phone to call for help. However, the phone turns out to be completely out of energy. As a result, Iruma begins to cry realizing that he's become a lost child.
\\\
Back to Shichiro's group, A nervous Huetoto is seen holding up the park map for Azz and Sabro. The two are currently arguing trying to point out the best path to take to reach the Demon King's castle. Ronove then returns to the group ready to play on the next ride, but Shichiro notices right away something is off asking where Iruma's at. As a result, Shichiro, Azz, Sabro and Huetoto are all left shocked in disbelief realizing that they've lost Iruma.
\\\
Meanwhile on Kararagi Street, Iruma continues to freak out not knowing what to do. Ali finally pops out of the ring angry at Iruma for his continued confusion, but just the sight of Ali being with him brightens the latter up. Ali orders Iruma to shut up, and get a handle on the situation so that they can hurry up and leave. Before Iruma could reply back, a small questionable looking demon appears behind him. The demon notices that the Iruma seems to have lost his way, and starts to pull the boy along claiming that there's someone down the road looking for their friend. Interested at first believing it to be his friends, Iruma starts to question it when the demon starts to pull him towards a dark alleyway. Iruma tries to pull himself back knowing from experience that this is not a good thing, but the demon doesn't let go claiming that it's okay. He continues trying to escape from the demon, which Iruma is suddenly caught off-guard by something soft now touching him. Sure enough, he's now in the arm of a tall female demon protecting him from the questionable demon.
\\\
The female demon grabs hold of the questionable demon's hand, and crushes it asking what the demon was about to do to her brother. Afraid for his life, the questionable demon instead chooses to run away. Iruma apologizes to the female demon for causing the mess, but she ignores it, and pulls him along. She leads him out of Kararagi Street back into the bright safeness of Walter Park much to Iruma's relief, but becomes silent again seeing the female demon staring at him. She scolds Iruma for going down an extremely dangerous road where he clearly won't be having any fun, which Iruma quickly apologizes for. She then points Iruma in the direction of the lost child center. In return, Iruma thanks her for the information and starts walking on his own. Though the female demon notices that he's now down in the dumps after what he just experienced.
\\\
As Iruma walks towards the lost child center, he thinks over how he wasn't paying attention due to being excited over his first time experiencing an amusement park. That it's going to be a bother to everyone the moment they hear that he got himself lost. He remains worried about not being able to create good memories with everyone, but is suddenly greeted by the female demon offering him a tall five scoop cone of ice cream. Iruma is caught off-guard asking why she returned, which she claims that it's beause she bought the wrong ice cream; leaving Iruma even more confused. Handing the ice cream over, she gives Iruma another scolding that he might lose his way again on the way to the lost child center. Iruma is left crying knowing that she's probably right about that, which surprises the female demon when she witnesses Iruma suddenly disappear. Looking around, she sees Iruma now having fun on a riding attraction sitting on top of a demon critter that looks like a sheep.
\\\
Walking up to Iruma riding on the sheep, the female demon asks if Iruma is happy. He answers yes, and then asks her why she doesn't appear to have the desire to have fun. In return, she answers that it's because the animals will run away from her if she tries to touch them as she makes a frightening pose freaking out the attraction's sheep. Remembering something he learned from Shichiro, Iruma informs the female demon that due to animals being scared if you touch them from above, there's a trick to not scare them if you touch the animals from below. Using Iruma's instructions, she sticks her hand out for a small bird to walk onto it, which it does so. She then beomes confused when more birds arrive, and cover up her body. Eventually, Iruma and the female demon pose for a picture at the riding attraction alongside the birds to show that they're having fun. Looking at their photo, the female demon notes that this is the first time she's ever taken a picture with animals, which Iruma admits is a nice picture.
\\\
Iruma then begins to head off to return to walking towards the lost child center, but after walking a few steps, he realizes his mistake, and apologizes to the female demon since they're supposed to be going together. Pointing at the sky, the female demon explains that it will be easier to see where to go if they get a good view from high up. Shortly after, Iruma and the female demon are now riding up on a ferris wheel, which excites Iruma having never been on one before. The female demon warns Iruma that their cabin is going to rotate like crazy once they've reached the top, which scares him. Iruma then procceds to thank the female demon. Not just for the fact that she helped him when he got lost, but because her continued help has made him glad to have come to Walter Park. In return, the female demon gives Iruma a head glad to hear it. She then does the hand-under-animal motion putting her hand under Iruma's chin, which Iruma assures her that she doesn't need to do that for him. At this point, Iruma catches a glimpse of the Shichiro group down below looking for him.
\\\
Getting off the ferris wheel, Iruma returns to the Shichiro group, which Azz is seen sweating having been searching around hard. Azz tries tears of joy apologizing that they lost Iruma as he and Shichiro are glad that he's safe and sound. Sabro notices that Iruma is looking somewhat dizzy, which Iruma answers is due to the crazy rotation part of the ferris wheel. As Shichiro tells Sabro to contact everyone that Iruma is okay, Iruma explains that it was thanks to a kind sister demon that helped him out when he got lost. As Iruma turns to introduce her however, she's nowhere to be seen. Sabro and Azz remain confused, which Iruma assures them that she was just with him. In return, Sabro questions if Iruma is hallucinating, and Azz worries that Iruma ate something bad, but Iruma replies it's none of those. Nearby, the female demon is seen walking away from Iruma's group.
\\\
The female demon arrives at a backstage area for the park staff, which a worker sees that Shiida, the name of the female demon, is finally back. The worker warns Shiida not to leave her position explaining that they still got a role to play even though they're just backstage workers, which Shiida accepts. Shiida then takes out the picture she took with Iruma at the riding attraction, and smiles stating that this is what they do as Walter Park's staff.
\\\
Within the Walter Park prison, the story introduces Imp Rocky, a demon said to be famous back in his hometown, but ended up getting arrested. He thinks over the blunder he made when he was caught tresspassing in an area over-hunting rare herbs, and that he was caught because he came down with some sort of sickness. Imp ended up being sentenced to 15 years in prison. As he looks around the Walter Park prison, Imp is still unable to believe that of all places, he ended up getting detained here. A guard high up hanging from the ceiling is seen happily yelling at the prisoners to begin work. The story next goes about describing Wlavoas Prison, the underground fortress doubling as a prison that resides beneath Walter Park. Wlavoas Prison is said to house around 1,600 inmates, and that the park staff also serve as guards. The duty of the prisoners is to provide labor as well as their magic. The latter of which gets sent up to Walter Park to power its attractions. An example is seen of an inmate arriving at the machine that sucks out their magic power, and is then sent up through a pipe up to Walter Park.
\\\
Returning to the present, Imp is seen with several other inmates at the machine to have his magic power sucked, and is getting angry hearing all the cheers and laughter going on above in the park. He's also come to realize that this developing anger and hatred is what powers up the magic fuel within himself; causing a vicious neverending cycle of creating magic power through hate, which is then sent up to Walter Park. One of Imps fellow inmates points out that that there's an oddball amongst them who actually volunteered to have their power drained. That oddball being Kirio, who doesn't know what to say about being called an oddball. As it turns out Kirio has been sentenced to serve up to 2 years in prison for his actions at Babyls Demon School. Imp is shocked to hear that Kirio actually wants to let the machine drain his magic power, which Kirio feels ecstatic explaining that he enjoys hearing the laughter of the park visitors. He tries to add that it makes his heart feel at ease, but Kirio's weak constitution kicks in causing him to spurt blood, which Imp remains unconvinced that Kirio's body is at ease.
\\\
A guard notices Kirio falling over unable to provide any more magic power, which Kirio begs someone to take him to the sick bay. The result is a large prisoner demon named Bats making his way over to pick up Kirio. Bats is said to have a prison term of up to 45 years. Not only does he pick up Kirio, Bats also picks up Imp, much to the latter's confusion. However, it's not the sick bay that Bats heads towards. Bats instead brings Kirio and Imp to another room that's a gathering of most wicked demon prisoners who were charged with the absolute worst. Amongst these wicked demons is Dlingar (95 years), Ginguk (111 years), Lord Lumero (153 years), Balgio (162 years), Selaguts (185 years), Smatethlede (255 years), and Dododo (380 years). Imp fears for his life knowing the horrible situation he's in, and is especially afraid of Dododo given the prison term. He continues to freak out believing that this group of prisoners have decided to make him and Kirio their punching bags. However, he becomes confused when he sees Bats start to poke at Kirio asking if the latter is okay.
\\\
Lumero notices that Kirio is coughing up blood again, which Bats calls for Dododo to help out. Dododo agrees to it, and picks up Kirio to begin waving his hand in front of Kirio's face to give him some air. Lumero points out that this has become a normal thing compared to how it used to be, which Balgio agrees that the first time was hard for Kirio since Dododo trying to wave always hit Kirio in the face. Meanwhile, Bats calls over the still confused Imp to sit with him. Walking over, Imp asks worriedly if he's about to become a punching bag, but Bats assures him that the reason he was brought along was because they have something to talk about. As the other prisoners all begin to sit down with them, Lumero points out that the place they're at is perfect for secret meetings since the guards never come here. Bats then gets excited claiming that Imp is lucky being the new guy that arrived right before the start of their plan. Imp asks what he means by plan, which Bats answers that there's no plan more obvious when one is within a prison: a plan to escape.
\\\
Imp yells out in shock hearing that the prisoners are planning an escape, much to the annoyance of the othe prisoners warning Imp to keep is voice down so the guards don't hear. He then asks how they're planning to do it, which Bats explains that they got someone above in the park ready to help them out. He figures that Imp must have already heard of the name "The Six Fingers;" also known as the group which have done every evil. Imp is once again on the verge of freaking out, but is quickly told by the prisoners to shut it. He asks if they really are referring to the most famous group of primal demons having heard that their "Fall of Demon Bridge" and "War of the Valley" stories are quite amazing, which Bats replies that it's been decided that the Six Fingers' next target is Walter Park. Bats turns his attention to Kirio asking if this is indeed the case, which Kirio states it is.
\\\
Holding Kirio's shoulder as if they're buddy-buddy, Bats points out that Kirio's the one who's got contact with the Six Fingers, which Imp asks if this means that Kirio is one of them. In return, Kirio explains that he's not one of the Fingers, but happens to be an acquaintance of theirs. He further explains that Imp won't miss out on the escape as long as he helps out with the Six Fingers' festival, which Bats gets excited adding in that all the prisoners they've gathered for this meeting have all agreed to go along with said festival pan. Imp remains confused about what the festival is. In return, Bat asks if Imp recalls what he went through sending his magic power into the machine that fuels Walter Park. In actuality, they've secretly been sending their magic power up towards specific locations in the park that were arranged by the Six Fingers. Bats reveals that while he doesn't know how the festival will be done specifically, the overall goal of the Six Fingers is to use the magic power provided by the prisoners to destroy Walter Park.
\\\
The thought of Walter Park being destroyed excites Imp, which Balgio adds in that they've also come up with an escape route the moment the festival starts. Bats then gives Imp a warning that the reason the latter's being given a heads up is beacause the plan might fail if someone's acting suspicious. Imp remains excited asking Kirio when the festival is going down only to be suprised when he's told that it's happening today. Bats and the rest of the prisoners then all get excited claiming that today's the day that Walter Park will be engulfed in flames, which will be the perfect opportunity for them to escape. The sight of all the excited wicked demons scares Imp as he sees Kirio finally showing his wicked side as well. Kirio points out that what's about to happen is revenge by destroying, and that the time has finally come for laughter to become screams of despair. Smiling ecstatically, Kirio thinks about the despair while claiming that it makes him extremely happy. Meanwhile within Walter Park, Iruma remains on the phone trying to calm down Ameri, who was worried after hearing that Iruma got himself lost. Overall, Iruma remains happy not knowing that disaster is about to hit Walter Park.
\\\
Iruma's phone calls to the other groups are seen where Ameri scolds Iruma as a little kid that's too relaxed while Lied laughs it off glad that Iruma's safe. Lied asks if everything's okay now, which an embarrassed Iruma reveals that he's now dressed up as a dinosaur monster entertainer for a group of young kids acting like they're the Six Fingers. Ronove and the rest of Shichiro's group watches Iruma perform, which Ronove claims to be a pleasant punishment for Iruma while Azz is annoyed that the kids appear to be attacking Iruma. However, Shichiro tries to calm Azz down given that this was something Iruma agreed to. The kids also go about having fun on Picero enjoying the cloud he sleeps on, much to Picero's annoyance. Huetoto tries to calm the kids down asking them to play safe, but one of the kids start hitting him as well. Iruma asks who the Six Fingers are, which Azz explains is a famous criminal group who've committed countless evil deeds. That the Six Fingers consist of villains that "Returned to the Originator."
\\\
Meanwhile, Picero is seen complaining about the kids hitting the spot over his eyes. Ronove then proceeds to pull off Picero's eye mask wanting to see if the latter is hiding a monkey face, but is shocked to see that Picero actually has a pretty boy face, which surprises Iruma as well. As Picero complains about the brightness, Shichiro's group all remain in disbelief at how dazzling Picero looks without the eye cover. Ronove then proceeds to shove a paper bag over Picero's head complaining that Picero's flashy aura is overlapping with his own, but Huetoto, Azz, and Sabro all remain unamused claiming that it's not. Huetoto adds in that it shouldn't matter since Ronove appears to be fine with Azz and Sabro looking like fine men, but Ronove complains that Picero is a different kind of beauty. He points at Picero's face pointing out his big and beautiful eyes, long eyelashes, and long curly hair to the point that he's got a glowing aura about him. Meanwhile, Picero covers his ears hating how loud Ronove is being. Ronove then pulls Picero along wanting to change the latter this very moment much to everyone's confusion. He continues on claiming that he will be sure to transform Picero into a wild beauty, but Picero complains that he just wants to go back to sleep.
\\\
Picero is last heard yelling for the group to save him as Shichiro points out that they're all being so lively. Huetoto then asks for Shichiro to look after everyone for a bit, including Ronove, as he has to provide his report back at headquarters, which Shichiro agrees to. They wave each other goodbye as Huetoto heads off. Huetoto makes his way to the park's backstage where he's greeted by a fellow worker praising Huetoto for a job well done. The worker figures that Huetoto must have had a rough time dealing with Ronove, which Huetoto agrees it was. Said worker continues his praise that the latest hires they've gotten are all proving to be impressive, popular, and are learning the ropes quickly. However, he points out that Huetoto seems ordinary compared to them, which Huetoto calls him cruel for calling him that. The worker notes that due to the jail chiefs all being on vacation, there's been a lot of work to do in that department, and tells Huetoto that they should continue giving it their best before heading back to work.
\\\
Huetoto is left on his own, but Shiida is seen nearby having been watching their conversation. He asks her how the plans are going, which she answers that it's going perfectly, and that they're just waiting on Wett's orders at this point. Huetoto smiles at her as the two of them make their way to a rooftop. Huetoto asks if this is the location of "F-15," which Shiida provides him a walkie talkie stating that it's connected. Huetoto is revealed to be Wett as he makes the announcement over the walkie talkie to start the plan. That from this moment onwards, they are no longer Walter Staff. He orders his subordinates to begin the attack on Walter Park as the Six Fingers. Thus, revealing that Wett and Shiida are two of the Fingers. The other four Fingers on the other side of the walkie talkie are revealed to be the two staff that helped Opera's group with shopping, and the two staff that had fun with Kalego's group, which they all accept brother Wett's order.
\\\
The two thug Fingers that helped Kalego's group are Atori (Sixth Finger) and Maemaro (Six Finger). Atori points out how tired he was of waiting for the order, which Maemaro gets excited that it's finally time. In return, Wett (First Finger) states that he got caught up having to look after young master Ronove. One of the Fingers jokes that Wett is too easy to play with given that he took on the role of a gofer, which Wett replies that it was a result of getting along too well with the other staff. The two shopping staff that helped Opera's group are Hyudarin (Third Finger) and Miki (Fourth Finger). Miki points out that they did their job well too, which Hyudarin admits that their job was quite interesting. Wett then makes the announcement that this all ends today claiming that their concealment was all for today's sake. Meanwhile, Shiida (Second Finger) watches Wett give his speech.
\\\
Wett goes over their work that they've memorized all the maps of the park's upstairs and downstairs. In addition, this is their best chance to strike knowing that all the managers are away. Stating that all the preparations are in place, Wett announces that they have the chance to cause massive chaos, and that their goal is to release all the prisoners locked up in Walter Park's underground jail. Wett then holds up an egg-shaped object, which two similar objects are seen behind help up by Maemaro and Hyudarin on their ends. He announces that as the Six Fingers, they are the ones who spread chaos. Wett states that while their daily lives working as staff were very fun, it's now time to destroy it completely. He then drops the egg object off the roof.
\\\
As the Opera, Kalego, and Shichiro groups are all shown having fun, Wett's egg object is seen hitting the ground. A massive explosion occurs that destorys a large section of the park; catching everyone by surprise. Shichiro's group are all seen making their way out of the rubble, which Shichiro checks everyone hoping they're all okay. Iruma then looks up, and is stunned to see a massive dragon-looking monster coming out of the explosion, and begins to destroy the park. The monster then roars toward the sky as all the surrounding park visitors look at it in fear.
\\\
A few minutes before the Six Fingers began their plan, Shichiro's group and Ronove are seen still having fun in the park entertainer room. Picero notices something is off pulling up his eye mask to look at the floor. Taking off the dinosaur entertainer suit he was wearing, Iruma asks Picero what's wrong as the latter is now lying on the floor to get a better feeling. Azz calls him out to not fall asleep on the floor, but Picero claims that something about the ground is causing it to rumble. The story provides a reminder that Picero's bloodline ability, My Area, allows him to manipulate the state of different ground types. As a result, Picero grabs three shirt buttons, and places them in a triangle formation on the ground. He explains that he can sense that the ground of Walter Park has 3 specific points of concentrated abnormalities. A more literal example being as if 3 mother birds are incubating their nests to catch their eggs. Iruma remains confused by the hatching egg example as Wett is seen dropping his "egg" from the roof to the ground of concentrated magic power.
\\\
As the egg hits the ground, the magic spell on the ground is released, and a large monster comes bursting out of the egg, which Picero is the first to notice the event go down. Picero activates My Area to open up the ground beneath the rest of the Shichiro group and Ronove, and summons up rock walls to defend the group from the surrounding rubble caused by the egg summoning. Iruma and company then look upon a Carmine Dragon, a massive red dragon monster that is now going about rampaging and destroying Walter Park. As the Carmine Dragon gives off a roar, the confused Iruma asks what that is, which Azz answers ia a gigantic demonic beast. Shichiro suggests that they evacuate first, and Azz points out that he can already see other members of the park staff guiding everyone away. The teacher then asks if anyone's injured, which they all answer that they're okay thanks to Picero's rock wall. A crying Ronove thankfully hugs Picero. The latter of which reminds them that it was difficult to sleep due to the ground acting weird. Remembering what Picero said about the bird and egg explanation, Iruma catches on that he said something about there being 3 abnormalities.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, a staff member is seen on a microphone trying to warn the visitors of the ongoing disaster. That everywhere within Walter Park, there have been confirmed appearances of gigantic demonic beasts. Along with the Carmine Dragon, two other gigantic demonic beasts are seen. A massive rat called a Panther Rat is shown rampaging at the location of Opera's group, and a massive taurus called a Mountain Bull is shown rampaging at the location of Kalego's group. The staff worker makes the announcement warning everyone within Walter Park that there are 3 demonic beasts destorying the park, and asks for everyone to cooperate to make it through this situation.
\\\
Amongst the scared Kalego group, Lied sees that what's happening is not good while Jazz remains confused as to what the Mountain Bull is. Goemon yells for everyone to escape due to the danger, which Lied tries to convince Kalego to run as well. However, Kamui points out the problem that he can't see the park exit from here. The 4 of them gather, which Lied asks if they're able to contact the others. Kamui once more provides the bad news that nobody's answering, which Jazz asks why they're not trying to run or hide. At this point Kalego pats Jazz's back. The students spirits are brightened believing that this is the teacher trying to reassure them. Lied asks what they should do only for them all to become confused when Kalego announces that he hasn't had his fun yet.
\\\
Kalego pulls out his notebook, and reads an important teacher quote that as a Babyls teacher, they must regularly take actions that prioritize student empowerment. He then looks back at his group of 4 students, and announces that they're in luck, and shouldn't miss such a good opportunity. As the Mountain Bull rampages, Kalego announces that he will stay here as this disaster is a chance to train his students' teamwork. Of course, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui all begin to fear for the worst realizing what Kalego is telling them to do. The smug Kamui points at the Mountain Bull, and explains to his group of students that there's no better opportunity to go all out with their demonic powers than facing such a big target. In return, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui all begin to freak out hearing that Kalego is ordering them to fight the Mountain Bull. Kalego happily orders the group to prepare themselves, but then quickly changes his order that it's now time to enjoy this attraction to their heart's content. He says this while grabbing hold of Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui before they could run off.
\\\
As a bit of a recap, the story explains how during the school's first year magic class, students go about learning verbal spells focused on transformation and illusions. An example being when Iruma used his magic to transform the color of a frog. The purpose is to master the fundamentals of magic in order to determine which is the best suited for ya, and then practice and apply those newly discovered skills for the next school year. This however turns out to be a problem for the Babyls students regarding their current predicament at Walter Park as Kalego's group is seen trying to deal with the Mountain Bull. As it turns out, because of the way the first year classes were set up, they weren't able to learn attack magic.
\\\
Kalego's group continues to avoid the attacks of the Mountain Bull, which a crying Lied yells out that they're so dead. Jazz questions what kind of magic would be capable of taking on such a big opponent as he continues to run. Kamui then spots a large piece of rubble about to hit Lied, which he manages to push Lied out of the way to protect him. After Lied thanks him for the save, Kamui activates his Translation bloodline ability, which allows him to understand the language of any living thing to enable conversation. He goes about translating the Mountain Bulls words, and confirms that the demonic beast seems quite upset calling everything a bother or nuisance. Kamui is then about to be hit by a large piece of rubble of his own, but is saved by Goemon cutting it up with Wind Blade; his bloodline ability that allows him to make a transparent current of air that converges to form a blade. It's also noted that he can throw Wind Blade like a boomerang. As Kamui thanks Goemon for the save, Jazz thinks over their current problem of how Wind Blade is the only bloodline skill their group has suited for attacking.
\\\
Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui take shelter behind some rubble to evade the Mountain Bull's sight. Still thinking over their situation, Jazz is unable to understand why they were suddenly thrown into a battle when 3 of their 4 bloodline skills (Lied's Controller, Jazz's Pit, and Kamui's Translation) are only useful as utility. Jazz figures they will have to rely on simple spells, and first asks if Lied can use his bloodline ability to take away the Bull's eyesight. He asks which eyes given that the Bull has at least six, which Jazz replies that any will do. Jazz puts his plan into action by first having Lied use Controller to take away the Mountain Bull's eyesight, and then orders Kamui to use his Translation to grab the now blind Bull's attention. Meanwhile, Jazz and Goemon would hide in the Bull's blindspot ready to attack while its attention is squared on Kamui. Using a basic "La Fire" spell, Jazz summons fire-magic to combine it with Goemon's Wind Blade in order to make a combined fire-storm blade that Goemon fires towards the Mountain Bull.
\\\
The attack lands and explodes on the Bull's chest, which the 4 students all cheer wondeing if their plan worked. However, the Bull angrily turns his attention back towards them, which they quickly realize that all they did was piss it off. They avoid another attack from the Bull as they call out to Kalego begging him to help. However, Kalego remains calmly sitting at a table with his drink. Kalego sighs finding it unbelievable that his students are trying to fall back on him already, which they all complain that it's a given since he's their teacher. Kalego then scolds the group claiming that this is a lesson. That if they want to become strong, they must take advantage of everything they've learned, overcome this obstacle, and come out the winner. He orders them to get going, which leaves the students annoyed that along with escape not being an option, they all deem Kalego's advice to be lazy. The group tries to re-establish themselves with Lied realizing that they'll just have to protect themselves, and Jazz pointing out that they can't rely on adults. Along with Goemon and Kamui, they all get angry calling adults the worst, and call the belief that adults go about protecting children is nothing but a lie.
\\\
At that same time at the location of Opera's group, Opera is seen blocking a strike from the Panther Rat, much to the surprise of Clara, Ameri, Kerori and Elizabetta seeing the adult protect them. Opera gives the order to Ameri for her to take the others and evacuate, which she asks what Opera will do. He states to leave the problem to him as protecting those important to Iruma is also his duty; leaving Clara, Kerori and Elizabetta amazed that adults are so dependable. Opera once more orders them to get moving as Ameri starts to lead the others away from the area. The Panther Rat attempts another strike at Opera, but the latter easily dodges it, grabs the Rat's tail, and uses it as a weapon to smash the Panther Rat's face. All while Opera claims that the Panther Rat is something that isn't able to properly read the room. While continuing to dodge attacks, Opera is left wondering if he actually did damage despite the Panther Rat seemingly having a soft body.
\\\
Opera decides to take things more seriously, and goes in for a punch. However, Opera is caught off-guard by the Panther Rat revealing that it actually has 8 tails, and uses them all at once to attack Opera from all sides. As one of the tails is about to hit him, Ameri comes in at the last second to kick it away from Opera. Ameri explains that she rushed back after everyone successfully reached the evacuation zone. She also claims that she can't turn and run from a moment of crisis given that she's Babyls' Student Council President. Thus, Opera is reassured that he's got a capable back-up as the two of them stand back-to-back ready to continue the fight. Opera orders Ameri to handle the tails, but to be careful not to get too close, which she accepts claiming that she won't do anything careless. Suddenly, Clara is seen flying around holding on tight to the end of one of the Panther Rat's tails, much to the confusion of Opera and Ameri not knowing what Clara's doing.
\\\
Meanwhile at the location of the Carmine Dragon, Shichiro's group is seen evacuating the area with many other visitors. The dragon can be heard roaring from afar, which Iruma notes that the ground shakes just from its voice. Meanwhile, a staff member is heard warning the visitors to not go near buildings due to the danger of them collapsing at any time. Another staff member claims that they will guild visitors to areas where they can fly away safely, and asks around for visitors who have healing magic. As Shichiro's group continues to walk, Shichiro asks Azz if he can phone the others, but is told that he can't. Iruma then looks back over the park rubble, and grips his shirt tie feeling pained. Sabro asks Iruma what's wrong, which Iruma is unable to answer. He then overhears two nearby visitors discussing how this must have been a planned terrorist attack given that 3 demonic beasts summoned at the same time.
\\\
Iruma asks Shichiro what the visitors mean by that, which the teacher answers that the 3 rampaging demonic beasts were actually summoned. Shichiro explains his theory that given the gigantic size of the 3 demonic beasts the culprit couldn't have been just one person, but was actually several. Seeing Iruma droop his head down, Shichiro asks the boy what's wrong. In return, Iruma claims that he doesn't quite know other than his pained chest is feeling tight. A young child is then heard crying out for help from the nearby rubble, which gets everyone's attention. One of the visitors asks if he's alone, which the kid explains that the others he was with are stuck in the hall blocked by the debris. He yells for help to get them out, which Iruma turns to Shichiro for help. However, Shichiro holds Iruma's shoulder to calm him down claiming that it's impossible.
\\\
Looking around, Iruma sees that none of the visitors are interested in helping believing that's already too late since the demonic beast came from the hall, and that they don't want to get hurt. He questions why they're like this, which Shichiro answers that this is what demons are like. That their own well-being comes first, and that they have little care towards those who are not related to them. Overall, Shichiro tells Iruma that they won't move a pinky if it doesn't profit them. Noticing two staff members discussing how the hall could collapse at any time, and that they should just give up since there's not enough nearby personnel helping, Iruma confronts them. He asks them why they're not helping the children when they can be seen from here, but they remain confused not knowing what to say, and tell him to just stay back due to the danger. Iruma once more clenches his chest in pain not being able to understand why his heart stings so bad. A sight of a pained Iruma leaves Azz worried, which Iruma notices Azz holding his phone still trying to contact the others.
\\\
Iruma grabs Azz's phone, and looks over the picture of himself enjoying Walter Park with his classmates and teachers. He then looks towards the rubble, and the demon child calling out for help, and finally gets why he's been feeling such pain within himself. Shichiro asks Iruma what's up, which a crying Iruma states that he's sick of this. Iruma then gets up, and charges towards the rubble, much to the surprise of Shichiro and everyone watching. The Carmine Dragon arrives and continues its rampage near Iruma and the demon child; leaving the visitors worried that the two of them are going to be crushed by the falling rubble. However, Iruma grabs hold of the young demon boy, and easily evades all the falling rubble, much to the shock of Shichiro and company that Iruma make it out unscathed. The story provides a reminder that because of Iruma's overwhelming crisis evasion skills, he's a master of avoiding dangerous things.
\\\
Having escaped the rubble, Iruma asks the younger boy if he's okay, which the latter answers he is. Iruma then asks if the other kids are still inside, which again, the boy nods yes. Shichiro calls out to Iruma checking if he's okay. In return, Iruma yells out that the ice cream was delicious, and that the rides were exciting. Iruma continues to yell at the confused Shichiro, Azz and Sabro that along with many other interesting things, he met a wonderful person when he got lost, and that he was able to play with everyone and have a great time. However, he states that he now feels irritated due to everything falling apart so suddenly. Thus, Iruma confidently announces to the rest of the Shichiro group that he will strike back at this current situation. He yells that he will be the one to help the children, and orders the watching visitors to head for shelter. As Iruma goes deeper into the rubble to search for the other kids, the watching visitors are unable to believe what they just witnessed. However, the rest of Shichiro's group are thinking differently.
\\\
Sabro starts laughing asking the group if they heard that Iruma is feeling irritated. In return, Azz states his disappointment in himself that he will never forgive himself for not understand how Iruma felt. Going along with the group, Picero activates My Area to make a path through the rubble. Shichiro, Azz, Sabro and Picero all go in to follow after Iruma; heeding to Iruma's wish of wanting to help the kids. In addition, Ronove is seen being brought along as he holds on desperately to the cloud Picero sleeps on. Azz claims that he has to be at Iruma's side while Sabro mentions that it's common sense to stand on the same ground as his rival. Picero mentions that he just wants the noisy kid to shut up, and Shichiro brings up how he can't leave them all given that he's their assigned escort. Something that Ronove doesn't agree with. Catching up to Iruma, Shichiro assures the boy that as abnormal demons, they will be sure to rescue all the children, much to Iruma's excitement. Though once again, Ronove doesn't agree with being called abnormal.
\\\
At that same time, the Six Fingers are seen making their way into Wlavoas prison, and dispose of the guards in one of the warden rooms. One of the defeated wardens asks them what their motive is for being here, which Wett states the obvious. That they're here to rescue a prisoner. On Wlavoas Prison's 3rd security level, the guards are seen panicking due to the park chaos currently going on. One gives the order to send staff to the surface to deal with the rampaging demonic beasts, and asks another guard if the anti-beast squad has arrived yet. However, their conversation is interrupted by the arrival of another guard warning them of another problem. That the 2nd level's security team has been taken out by intruders, and disabled all the locks to allow the prisoners to escape. Elsewhere within the prison, the freed prisoners are all seen battling it out with the guards. One of the prisoners remains excited for the bloodbath, and yells for his fellow prisoners to knock the guards out before they can use their magic.
\\\
On the prison's 4th level, the group of demons that teamed up with Kirio are all seen running down a hallway making their way to escaping. An announcement over the speaker is heard from the guards that prisoners are escaping, and to block all exits before they reach the park. As the prisoner group runs, Kirio can be seen being carried by Dododo while Selaguts remains excited that it's all going according to plan due to them coming across no guards. Balgio is also excited that they're about to escape to the outside while Dlingar claims that she will be joining the Six Fingers the moment she gets out. Lumero agrees to the idea wanting to help the Six Fingers bring chaos to the world, which Smatethlede agrees that they should join up with the Six Fingers this very moment by helping them destroy Walter Park. However, Imp remains worried about going upstairs, which annoys Bats asking what the problem is. Imp points out that going any higher will result in them having to deal with "him," which bat realizes that Imp is referring to Triton.
\\\
A recap of how Wlavoas Prison is set up is provided with floor 1 being the top, and floor 5 being the bottom. Floor 1 is the Warden's Office, floor 2 is the Security Room, floors 3 and 4 are more Security Rooms along with Prison Cells, and floor 5 is the Prisoner Workplace. Bats things over how the higher they run up the prison towards escaping, the stronger the guards are. In addition, there's one particular guard that all prisoners fear the most; Deputy Warden Triton "Handshake." Bats thinks over how Triton is the first person new prisoners meet the moment they're brought to Wlavoas, and that the deputy goes about engraving on the prisoners' bodies the fear of the guards.
\\\
Sure enough, all the prisoners within Kirio's group flinch in fear upon remembering the reason Triton is nicknamed "Handshake." The deputy uses his large hands to hold the prisoners arms and legs together in each of his hands, and proceeds to crush them. Prison shackles said to be strong enough to crush a dragon's neck are then put upon their crushed wrists to serve as a reminder to the prisoners every time they look at their shackled wrists. As the prisoners think about Triton, Lumero admits that escape would be impossible had it not been for the Six Fingers' involvement. Bats is also left worried that if the Six Fingers get "grabbed" by that guy, it will be over for the Six Fingers. Overall, he remains convinced that there must be a fierce battle going on between Triton and the Six Fingers.
\\\
Unbeknownst to the prisoners, the battle is going easy for the Six Fingers as Hyudarin is seen crushing Triton's giant hands with his own much smaller ones. Triton finds his current predicament to be impossible as his Handshake bloodline ability is supposed to allow him to be able to crush anything, yet he doesn't understand how it has no affect on such a tiny old man. In return, Hyudarin taunts the deputy that this is the difference in the size of their strengths, and that Triton should now understand what his "size" is despite being much bigger. As Hyudarin's torture of Triton continues, Atori can be seen sitting atop a pile of guards the Fingers defeated, and points out how cool Hyudarin is. Meanwhile, Wett looks at his prison map claiming that they're finished dealing with the 2nd level security, and should now move on to the 3rd. Hearing the rampaging going on above, Atori questions if their little beasts are trashing the park properly. Wett explains that no one will be able to stop them from turning the whole park to ashes given that the demonic beasts were fed their mana. He figures that there would have to be some hero out there capable of facing them.
\\\
Meanwhile above ground, Kalego's group is seen still trying to take on the Mountain Bull, but are all scared in fear. Lied, Goemon, and Kamui hide behind Jazz pushing the latter forward to take on the Bull himself, much to Jazz's annoyance, and calling them jerks. The Mountain Bull catches sight of Kalego's group of students, and swings at them once more. However, the Bull just barely misses them, much to the relief of Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui. Jazz continues to complain asking the group why they're triyng to put him up front, which Lied replies that it's because Jazz is their leader. Lied also points out that this is a given since Jazz is the Rank 3 (Gimmel) of the group. Sure enough, Lied, Goemon and Kamui are all lower at Rank 2 (Bet). The three of them beg Jazz to do something, which leaves Jazz confused as Lied and company don't usually care about this kind of stuff.
\\\
The three of them continue to beg brother Jazz to help them, but Jazz remains silent not knowing what to say back. The confusion results in Jazz having a flashback. He thinks about a moment where his brother came up to him all friendly only for Jazz to realize moments after that his wallet and watch are now gone. Jazz thinks over how his Andro family was all about ability, and that you were considered the bad one if you got stolen from. He thinks about how his brother was always like this. Jazz remembers to another moment where he enters his own bedroom room only to find his brother wasted on the couch with several naked chicks. Jazz thinks over how his brother was always the worst womanizing drunkard, and had sticky fingers to the point of violating Jazz's territory. However, Jazz knows that he can't do anything about it due to his brother being the more talanted one. That even if his brother drives him insane to the point of wanting to stick his fingers up his nose and throw him around, Jazz still won't do it. Overall, Jazz comes to the decision that if he was to one day have younger siblings, he will be nice to them unlike how his older brother treats him.
\\\
In the present, Jazz is unable to handle the sight of the begging Lied, Goemon and Kamui as if Jazz is their older brother. Jazz squeezes his own heart feeling happy that his classmates are relying on him, and looks away blushing. He then takes a look back at them, and sees their faces full of hope believing that Jazz will save them from not dying to the Mountain Bull. Stepping toward them, Jazz announces that he will think of something, much to the excitement of Lied, Goemon and Kamui. Jazz looks away in embarrassment again not being able to handle his attempt at damage control. He then looks toward the Mountain Bull, and doesn't know what to do given that their magic didn't work on it. Jazz also remains confused as to what the Bull is trying to do since it's just going around destroying everything. Jazz goes over his group's abilities in his head, but isn't able to see a way to combine his pick-pocketing with Goemon's wind-blade, Lied's sense-stealing, and Kamui's translating. Still watching from afar, Kalego calls out to Jazz, and provides a hint asking if the whistle object around Jazz's neck is just for show. Jazz looks upon his neck whistle, and finally realizes that there might be a way for them to win.
\\\
At that same time, a news report is seen on devil television informing the populace of the crisis at Walter Park. The news reporter explains how 3 demonic beasts have appeared within Walter Park, and that the underworld security bureau have been dispatched to deal with them. Along with the Carmine Dragon and Panther Rat, the reporter brings up the Mountain Bull, but is surprised by what she's seeing on the live television feed of the Bull as over a hundred bird creatures are now seen flying all around it, and being a great annoyance to it. Riding on one of the demon birds is Kamui as it turns out that his Translation bloodline also allows for him to command living things, such as the demon birds that are being a nuisance to the Mountain Bull. The appearance of the demon birds was due to Walter Park having an aviary, which Kalego's group put to use. Kamui informs his teammates that it's easier for him to command living things if the species he's controlling are the same, but also warns them that his Translation control won't last much longer given the amount of birds he's currently controlling. He's left hoping that his team will get done fast as Jazz, Lied, and Goemon are all seen atop another demon bird.
\\\
The demon bird carrying Jazz, Lied, and Goemon fly up behind the Mountain Bull's head as Lied is the first to act. Lied activates his Controller bloodline to steal away the Bull's sense of hearing, and use it as his own. The Bull lets out a loud shriek, which is hurtful on Lied's ears due to the Bull's sense of hearing that he stole away being too sensitive, and is now pounding in his brain. As Lied tries to cover up his hears to block out the shriek, he thinks back to the plan Jazz just told them about. Lied admits that while he doesn't understand why Jazz is choosing to fight the demonic beast, he finds himself believing that they could win due to the strategy Jazz came up with. Thus, Lied remains excited that as a gambler, he has no choice but to seize the chance if there's a possibility to win. Despite his ears still being in pain, Lied tells at his teammates that he's fine, and orders Jazz to hurry up. In return, Jazz asks Lied to hang in there as he needs a bit more time.
\\\
The Mountain Bull attempts to swipe at the 3 of them riding the demon bird, which Goemon is next up using his Wind Blade to defend Lied and Jazz while the two are working the plan. Goemon thinks over how he was once told that if there was ever an attack that he was unable to handle, the option is there to redirect it using its own power. Thus, Goemon swings his Wind Blade not to strike at the Mountain Bull's fist, but to go with the flow and redirect the fist by sliding the Wind Blade underneath the attack, and direct it elsewhere. The Bull's fist is redirected enough to go over the demon bird they're flying on, which Goemon celebrates his success that he got Jazz safely to the Bull's head. Moments after, Jazz jumps off the demon bird, and grabs hold of the Bull's ear hanging over the ear hole. He remains excited that the plan worked to get him here thanks to the distractions done by Lied, Kamui and Goemon. Holding onto his whistle, Jazz thinks over how there's now only one step left in his plan.
\\\
Jazz holds his whistle known as the Ear Blast Flute (also nicknamed as the Flute of Shame) finding it hard to believe that of all places, he would be using it here in Walter Park against a demonic beast. Jazz thinks back to the moment he got the whistle from his older brother, which is shown to be shortly after Kalego visited their home. His older brother points out Kalego's warning that Jazz needs to have a plan if he ever gets caught trying to steal. Thus, he orders Jazz to blow the whistle the moment he gets caught. Back in the present, Jazz thinks over how the purpose of the Ear Blast Flute is to emit a powerful sound wave that hits everyone but the user. In addition, the more magic power the user has, the more unpleasant head-splitting sound it produces. As for why it's also called the Flute of Shame, Jazz's older brother calls it embarrassing for the user if they blow the whistle after failing to steal. However, Jazz calls his brother stupid not finding his current usage of the Ear Blast Flute a disgrace since decided to use it during a non-stealing attempt.
\\\
Jazz puts the whistle in his mouth ready to blow, which Lied yells that he's now returning the hearing sense to the Mountain Bull. Once the Mountain Bull's hearing is restored after Lied turns his Controller ability off, Jazz blows his whistle into the beast's ear at the highest volume. The sound wave screeches throughout the Mountain Bull's head to the point of knocking it out; resulting in the Bull crashing to the ground. Looking upon the unconscious Mountain Bull, Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui are shocked in disbelief that they actually managed to pull off the win. Goemon sees that the demonic beast is no longer moving as the group all begins celebrating their victory. Jazz receives praise from the others with Lied calling him amazing, and Goemon calling his strategy perfect, which Jazz tries to correct them that they all did it, but eventually just remains silent as they all continue cheering. Lied next calls for everyone to high-five only for them to not realize that the Mountain Bull has already gotten up perfectly fine, and is going in to punch them. The Bull lands its strike upon the unsuspecting students only for it to turn out that Kalego had finally stepped in to defend his students by putting up a barrier to block the punch.
\\\
Holding off the Mountain Bull, Kalego scolds Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon for being a group of students that still misses at the last turn. He points out that their plan against the Mountain Bull just barely worked, and yet that was apparently enough for them to drop their guard and almost die to the Bull just now. The four of them remain scared and confused seeing that they almost just died as Kalego decides to provide grades for his students: Jazz gets a 40, Lied and Kamui get a 30, and Goemon gets a 35. Overall, Kalego gives off a smile since at the very least, their efforts put them at about the passing mark. Kalego then summons out his Cerberion, and proceeds to curb-stomp the Bull by commanding his familiar to smash the demonic beast into the ground. Looking upon the defeated Mountain Bull, Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon are left stunned in amazement by how incredible grown-ups are. Asking if they had fun, Kalego then takes a seat in front of the Bull's head, and orders his students to come over and finally take a picture. With the Mountain Bull defeated, two demonic beasts remain.
\\\
As the battles with the demonic beasts and the prison chaos goes on, Elizabetta and Kerori are seen within Walter Park's emergency shelter having been brought there when Opera ordered them to evacuate. Elizabetta and Kerori are currently trying to keep a couple demon babies calm as a member of the park staff is heard claiming that he will start guiding everyone to safely leave the park. The crowd of visitors within the shelter are getting angsty about wanting to leave while remaining worried about the rampaging demonic beasts, which Kerori apologizes to Elizabetta as it turns out that she's needed elsewhere. Kerori races off calling back to Elizabetta to continue watching the children, much to Elizabetta's confusion not knowing what to do. The babies start crying again, which Elizabetta tries once more to get them to calm down.
\\\
Elizabetta begins to worry that fear is spreading amongst the visitors, which affects children much easier to the point that the trauma could affect their evil cycles. Thus, she believes that the trauma will become obsessions, which will carry over into their evil cycles and cause a vicious cycle of committing crimes. A recap is provided explaining Elizabetta's Favorability bloodline where she's surrounded by a magic aura that causes any well-disposed person to feel compelled to gain her sympathy. Elizabetta thinks over how she's currently pushing said ability to the limit trying to keep the people around her calm, but that she must keep going for the sake of the little kids. A roar from a demonic beast can be heard outside the shelter, which freaks the visitors out wanting to run away. The visitors all begin to panic and run around.
\\\
Elizabetta's on the verge of falling apart not knowing what to do, but is calmed by someone telling her it's okay. Sure enough, Elizabetta and the panicking visitors are all stunned silent by the arrival of Kuromu. Thus, revealing that Kerori's plan to keep everyone calm is to sing to them. Kuromu waves at Elizabetta, which shocks the latter since she doesn't know about Kerori's idol identity. The visitors all remain surprised by Kuromu walking amongst them. One questions why she's here, which another remembers that there was supposed to be a Kuromu concert at the park today as seen by the Kuromu poster within the shelter. Another visitor finds it hard to believe that even in the midst of a disaster, Kuromu still chose to come to the shelter to sing to them. Overall, the visitors within the shelter all begins to get excited calling Kuromu cool, and want to take a picture with her. Kuromu steps up to a stage area above everyone else while thinking about how its her duty as an Akudol to make everyone smile. She also thinks about Iruma, and the effort he puts forth at being useful to everyone around him.
\\\
Grabbing a microphone, she calls for all the shelter visitors to listen to her, which causes everyone to go silent. Kuromu explains how everyone is feeling afraid and insecure due to the magic beasts rampaging outside, which is why she asks for them all to calm down and think rationally again. Her words make an impact on the visitors as they all remain still paying attention to Kuromu. She asks the crowd if the beasts really are that scary, and asks them the question which is stronger: the fear of the beasts, or her cuteness. She says this while completely sparkling and appearing absolutely lovely to the crowd. In return, the excited crowd yells out that Kuromu's cuteness is stronger. The crowd all begins cheering that Kuromu is cute and the best, much to Elizabetta's amazement seeing how great the demon idol is at removing everyone's fear. Kuromu then turns to the park staff hoping they'd get involved, but they're already psyched up to help out claiming that everyone for the concert is ready. Kuromu then winks towards the audience claiming that she will now start the concert.
\\\
Within Wlavoas Prison, Wett leads the way down a path of guards they just defeated while Atori and Hyudarin follow close behind. Hearing all the commotion now going on above ground, Atori laughs that the demon visitors sound like they're making a riot. Wett figures that this is a sign that the destruction of Walter Park seems to be going pretty well. Atori continues on claiming that they sound scared due to how noisy it is. However, Atori suddenly becomes confused when he begins hearing something that sounds like music. At that same time within the shelter, Kuromu starts singing a song about people being in love. The visitors all cheer in excitement, which Elizabetta and the babies she was trying to watch over all join in at cheering Kuromu on.
\\\
Switching over to Opera's group, Opera and Ameri stand ready to fight the Panther Rat while Clara continues swinging around holding on to end of one of its tails. Ameri claims that she will handle this herself, and asks for Opera to go in and rescue Clara, much to Opera's surprise. Opera doesn't remain convinced, but Ameri uses her magic to raise up the ground to block the incoming Rat's multi-tail attack claiming that she will be okay. Opera notes the large spot on the Panther Rat's forehead, and states that it might be a soft spot given that the Rat seems to keep it well protected. He advises Ameri to aim for that spot since it might be the Rat's only weakness, which Ameri accepts. As Opera watches Ameri, he finds it amazing how she's already someone capable of such insane reflexes controlling unconventional magic. That this is what he should have expected from her being Babyl's Student Council President at the level of Rank 6 (Vav).
\\\
Ameri goes about dodging the Panther Rat's tail strikes as Opera easily goes in and grabs Clara off the tail. Clara remains impressed by the sight of Ameri fighting the Rat while Opera notes that the sight of the powerful Ameri fighting makes him want to try it out himself. After dodging all the Rat's attacks, Ameri stands face-to-face with it claiming that they will now have their revenge. Ameri begins to activate a spell where flower markings appear on her hair, and causes it to sparkle; showing that for the first time, Ameri is choosing to go all out against an enemy. Ameri warns the Panther Rat that there will be nothing left of it after this, and that she will destroy it priding herself as a member of the Azazel family. She leaves off stating to the Panther Rat that she will show it the power of Ameri Azazel.
\\\
The Panther Rat senses the danger Ameri's giving off, and changes its battle strategy by suddenly stabbing its tails into the ground. Opera notices the Rat's new scheme, and warns Ameri to look up as it's planning to leap. Sure enough, the Panther Rat uses its tails to spring itself up into the air aiming to crush Ameri upon landing. However, Ameri announces that she will not be crushed, and manages to grab hold of the Panther Rat when it tries to land on her. She then announces that she's strong as well, and easily throws the Panther Rat back into the rubble. Clara continues watching Ameri in amazement as Opera starts to understand what's going on.
\\\
As Ameri dusts her hands off, a recap is provided of Ameri's bloodline ability, Romanticist, also known as King of Delusions. Romanticist allows for Ameri to draw out her maximum power depending on her belief of her own strength. It's said to be the mightiest buffing magic of the Azazel Family amongst those who possess strong will. Sure enough, Ameri walks towards the Panther Rat covered in an aura that's making her strong, powerful and invincible. The sight of the buffed up Ameri leaves Opera interested in what's current going on getting to witness the Romanticist bloodline ability in action. Opera thinks over how Romanticist is the ultimate self-hypnotism. A double-edged sword that could wind up hurting the user if they're scared of the opponent. However, despite still being young, Ameri is not suffering from this negative aspect using it against the demonic beast. Thus, Opera confirms that Ameri is a demon with an iron will.
\\\
Ameri uppercuts the Panther Rat to the point of it falling to the ground. Clara questions if this means she beat it, but Opera answers no since the Rat still has the energy to stand back up. Once the Panther Rat stands up ready to continue fighting, it switches to a new strategy by spraying a dangerous gas out of its tails that overtakes its surroundings. Opera covers Clara's mouth to protect her worried that the Panther Rat is spraying a poisonous gas, and begins to worry that Ameri must have inhaled it. Despite the gas clearly having an affect on her, Ameri re-establishes her footing yelling out that she's totally fine while standing in a weird pose. Opera and Clara try to understand the situation, which he's surprised that Ameri isn't even faltering to poison. Clara adds that her pose looks cute, which leaves Opera even more confused when he sees that Ameri has started to sing.
\\\
Singing in front of the Panther Rat, Ameri thinks over how this is a song she once heard attending an Akudol concert. That ever since that concert, she's been unable to get the song out of her head. She continues to sing the lyrics about one's burning spirit, the strongest not giving up, and the need for 100% excitement. She thinks about how the lyrics give her inspiration as she swarms her leg in flames, and lands a powerful kick down upon the spot on Panther Rat's forehead that Opera told her about. Ameri continues to think about the lyrics that a maiden in love will never lose, and how she will one day make the person she's in love with fall in love with her. She then jumps off the defeated Panther Rat as Clara and Opera make their way towards her. The excited Clara calls Ameri amazing for all the super cool things she just did, which Ameri asks the former to calm down. Clara then pokes at Ameri trying to play with the latter, but Ameri feels intense pain at the touch, much to Clara's confusion.
\\\
Watching the two of them, Opera notices Ameri's body now shivering in pain after experiencing such intense combat. He figures that it's a side-effect of using Romanticist. That Romanticist is a magic that releases all the user's power without restraint, but results in heavy backlash afterwards. Ameri finds the state she's been left in to be pathetic, but Opera assures her that that's not the case. That she should view this as proof that she still has room to grow. Thus, Opera praises Ameri for outdoing herself just now, and that she's still capable of growing stronger. Opera then begins to sparkle with interest, and gets in Ameri's face asking her to become his, and the principal's, assistant after graduation so that they can work to grow stronger together. Ameri replies to Opera's words stating that she's honored to hear that she can still grow. However, she declines the offer since she's already decided to help with her father's work after graduation.
\\\
Opera states his disappointment claiming that it would have been more interesting for his home to have more people in it, which catches Ameri's attention once she realizes that Opera is referring to working within the principal's house. That she would be living under the same roof as Iruma. Ameri pictures Iruma saying that he's home to her while she asks in return if Iruma wants dinner or a bath. Thus, Ameri questions if living at the principal's house would mean that her and Iruma would be as if they're a married couple. Seeing Ameri struggling at the thought of marriage, Opera begins to walk away asking to pretend that this conversation never happened. However, he's caught off-guard when Ameri grabs him from behind.
\\\
Ameri explains that it's true that she's already decided on her career path, but that doesn't mean that she's completely rejected his kind offer. Thus, Ameri yells at him that there are times in life where choices will change, and its for that reason that she will one day think about Opera's offer again. In return, Opera accepts her words, though he remains surprised that Ameri still had enough power within her to hold him still. Opera is left shaking in fear experiencing Ameri's leftover strength, which Clara pokes at him joking that he's now shivering just like Ameri. The sight of Clara reminds Opera to finally ask why she came back, which Clara explains that she thought she would be of use using her Summon bloodline to provide them with weapons. She quickly creates a small axe, which scares Ameri due to how close Clara summoned out the axe. Hearing about Clara's Summon ability gives Opera an idea, which he asks for Clara to make for him a secret weapon.
\\\
At that same time, the Carmine Dragon is still roaring and rampaging at the location of Shichiro's group. Azz and Sabro watch the demonic beast from a nearby rooftop, which Azz is annoyed that the Dragon is being a loud lizard. Sabro asks if Azz is scared, and that he can still run away, but Azz calls that nonsense. Azz tells Sabro to go back since the former can do this himself, which Sabro laughs it off refusing to do so. Sabro proudly announces that a great Demon King would never run from a fight, which bugs Azz ordering Sabro to take his chances. As Azz and Sabro are about to start the fight against the Carmine Dragon, they yell at each other not to slow them down.
\\\
Underneath the rubble at the location of the Carmine Dragon is the group of trapped children that Shichiro's group are trying to reach. The children are all crying their eyes out, which one of them tries to keep them calm claiming that someone will surely save them. This child thinks to himself that someone will surely come for them as sunlight comes shining in above them due to the removal of one of the rocks. Appearing from the hole is a smiling Iruma extending his out to the trapped children while assuring them that it will be alright. Outside the hole, Picero is seen being the one who used My Area to open the ground for Iruma while Shichiro is on standby helping Iruma get the children out. Once they're all out, the kids go about playing on Picero's cloud to keep their mind off the crisis. Iruma asks the original boy he saved if that's all the kids, which the boy answers it is. Shichiro points out that they should move to a safer place due to some of the kids being injured, which Iruma agrees to. While they move, Iruma asks if Azz and Sabro will be alright, which Shichiro notes that Azz and Sabro were definitely arguing once their group split up.
\\\
Shortly beforehand, Sabro and Azz are seen arguing in front of Iruma. Sabro yells that he will go after the lizard (referring to the Carmine Dragon) since he's someone who's got experience dealing with magic beasts. In return, Azz yells that he should be the one fighting it since it would be bad for someone as rampant as Sabro to go. Sabro then turns the one he deemed his rival asking Iruma if the latter will feel more secure should Sabro fight it, which Iruma agrees to. Azz then jumps in pointing out that Iruma can also rely on him, much to Sabro's annoyance. Iruma points out that he, himself, should go since this mission was his idea, but Azz and Sabro both reject it, and head off to deal with the Carmine Dragon. Back in the present, Shichiro assures Iruma that he ordered Azz and Sabro to just act as decoys gaining the Dragon's attention without getting close. He also made the order to them clear to not attack the Carmine Dragon only for an explosion to occur above them, which grabs the attention of Shichiro, Iruma and Picero.
\\\
Having gone against Shichiro's order, Azz and Sabro are seen battling it out with the Carmine Dragon above the others. Azz launches a Razor Fire tornado that punches the Dragon at the side of the face while Sabro uses Weapon Creation to forge a large axe that cuts at the demonic beast's body. The two of them land back on nearby rooftops, which Azz claims that he was faster while Sabro counters that he cut deeper. The result is them arguing with Azz claiming that he cut deeper while Sabro claims that his attack was stronger. Watching from afar, Iruma is unable to believe that Azz and Sabro are arguing in the midst of battle as Shichiro facepalms knowing that he ordered them not to attack. Shichiro begins to worry that this is a sign of him having no authority as a teacher, which Iruma tries to reassure him. Meanwhile, Azz spots the others from far, and is glad to see that Iruma completed his mission to save all the children. The Carmine Dragon then swipes at Azz, which the latter claims that he must do his duty should said dragon make Iruma angry, and powers up his fire magic again.
\\\
Azz casts a large Fire Blast shot that hits the Carmine Dragon, which a nearby Sabro is forced to get out of the way. Sabro complains that Azz almost got him, and was even burned a little. Azz is left disappointed that he was so close to hit both, which annoys Sabro asking what Azz meant by that. However, Azz ignores it claiming that it's Sabros fault for being too close to his fire attack, and should stand back since he's getting in the way. Azz's word angers Sabro to the point of using Weapon Creation again to forge over a dozen lance spears, which the then throws towards the Carmine Dragon. They all hit across the dragon's back, and this time around, Azz is forced to get out of the way from being hit by a spear. Both of them remain angry at one other for getting in each other's way as Azz proceeds to summon out his Gorgon Snake familiar claiming that he will be offering this victory to Iruma.
\\\
Combining his fire magic with the fire breath of his Gorgon Snake, Azz and his familiar launch a massive fire attack upon the Carmine Dragon while yelling at Sabro to just shut up and watch. However, Sabro, riding on his Kelbie familiar, flies up on the other side of the Dragon. Sabro yells back refusing to follow Azz's order as his Kelbie dumps a massive shot of water down upon the Carmine Dragon's head. Azz gets soaked by the water as well, much to his annoyance, which Sabro laughs that he now looks more handsome this way. Meanwhile, Iruma and Shichiro continue to watch from afar. Iruma finds their efforts amazing despite the constant arguing, which Shichiro agrees finding it surprising that Azz and Sabro are pushing the Carmine Dragon back. Thus, Shichiro finds it terrifying that Azz and Sabro are already proving themselves to be strong despite being just first year students.
\\\
Worried that they might let their guards down, Shichiro believes that it's about time for him to go in and back Azz and Sabro up. However, their attention is brought to the Carmine Dragon preparing to launch some sort of breath attack. Azz and Sabro notice it too as Shichiro quickly moves to shield Iruma from the danger that's about to happen. The dragon fires a beam of magic that Azz and Sabro avoid, but it strikes the building that Iruma and company were within. Sabro is left amazed by the intensity of the dragon's breath attack while Azz looks to the destroyed building worried about Iruma. However, Shichiro is shown to back completely blocked the attack to shield Iruma. The only damage being a burn to Shichiro's right arm that he used to block. Thus, Azz is relieved upon realizing that Iruma is perfectly safe thanks to Shichiro. Iruma then looks worried towards Azz trying to shout something to him, but Azz is unable to hear. Eventually, he's able to hear Iruma warning him to look behind, which the Carmine Dragon is now directly behind Azz ready to attack. Iruma and Shichiro fear for Azz's life knowing that the latter won't be able to react to the danger in time, which the dragon proceeds to fire another beam of magic upon him.
\\\
The sight of Azz being overtaken by the Carmine Dragon's break attack causes Iruma to fear for the worst. He remembers back to Kalego's words warning Iruma that the boy's grown too accustomed to putting himself in danger. Iruma thinks over how whenever he got involved in a crisis, he always believed deep down that everything will work out. However, he's ignoring the fact that he's actually got friends these days, and that it's a problem that he's been dragging his precious friends into danger as well. Iruma falls to his knees about to cry hating that he didn't realize something this obvious until now. However, Shichiro points him to look back towards Azz's location. Upon looking, it turns out that Sabro had blocked the Carmine Dragon's attack with a shield attached to his back from hitting Azz. Despite the rough shape Sabro was left in, Iruma is relieved to see that Azz is still alive, which Shichiro states that this was a close call.
\\\
Sabro takes off the shield he forged with Weapon Creation, and confirms that the Carmine Dragon's beam completely melted it. Azz questions Sabro why he chose to save the former as it would have been better to be used as a decoy for Sabro to attack the beast instead of ending up badly injured. However, Sabro laughs that it should be obvious why he saved Azz from this situation. Sabro proudly announces that pulling such a stunt would make him look extremely cool, which leaves Azz silent not knowing how to reply that. However, Sabro points out that he's not seeking gratitude from Azz since it's a given that a Demon King has to be cool. Suddenly, Azz spots the Carmine Dragon about to shoot a fire-breath attack at them, which he manages to push Sabro out of the way, and take cover behind a wall. Azz is left annoyed that the dragon also apparently breathes fire. Sabro points out that the dragon seems to be full of tricks, and asks if Azz can still move. In return, Azz assures him that it's no big deal being ready to fight some more.
\\\
Despite Azz standing ready to fight the Carmine Dragon, Sabro calls for them to retreat, much to Azz's surprise. Azz questions what's going on since they've already made it this far, and that this goes against Sabro's earlier words claiming that he wants to be the coolest. Azz is about to suggest that he continues the fight himself only to be interrupted and silenced when Sabro questions if that truly is his ambition. Sabro explains that he won't stop Azz if his ambition is to win against the demonic beast, but he then warns Azz that he will probably die. He further explains to Azz that he was taught about his willingness to die and his own immaturity, which is a reference to when Iruma helped him out when he was about to die during the Flying Race event. Sabro continues to explain that because he's serious about one day becoming the Demon King, he's reflected on this thoughts and behavior, such as when he sucked in his pride to apologize to teacher Blushenko. Thus, Sabro is proud to tell himself that his growing.
\\\
Sabro then points out that unlike himself, he's convinced that Azz hasn't grown even a millimeter. He points out that despite the potential Azz has, he's always distracted by Iruma, which leaves Azz unable to say anything. Sabro then grabs Azz's collar asking him once more what his ambition is, and that it must be something bigger than just defeating a demonic beast. He asks if Azz truly is someone that wants to be Iruma's indestructible spear no matter the enemy, and calls Azz an idiot for forgetting about his true ambition. Having been impacted by Sabro's words, Azz orders Sabro to move, which he then casts up a Flame Wall to protect them from the Carmine Dragon.
\\\
Azz explains that he used up all his remaining mana just now so that they can retreat, and sucks in his pride admitting that Sabro calling him a fool just now was right. Sabro smiles back at him in return as the two of them get to running away alongside the Flame Wall so that the dragon has a hard time trying to see them through the flames. As they run along the rooftop, the two of them dodge a swipe from the Carmine Dragon, which Sabro is left amazed that the Flame Wall is hiding their location. Azz is left confused as to why Sabro's not using his Kelbie familiar to ride it to safety, but Sabro provides the bad news that he's got no magic power left to summon it out. In return, Sabro questions why Azz isn't trying to fly away, which Azz answers back that he's out of stamina. The result is Sabro laughing that they both appear to be completely exhausted.
\\\
As they continue running, Azz takes the moment to stubbornly thank Sabro for saving him from the Carmine Dragon's energy beam, which a surprised Sabro points out Azz saying that came out of nowhere. Azz assures him that it's just the adrenaline talking, and that he knows that what he just said sounds pathetic. However, Sabro accepts it claiming that what they're currently doing is the coolest. Catching a glimpse of Azz and Sabro through the flames, the Carmine Dragon prepares its powerful magic beam breath again. Azz and Sabro fear that they're done for believing that the beam is going to destroy the roof path they're using to escape, but are saved at the last second by Shichiro blocking the beam from hitting their location. Shichiro congratulates Azz and Sabro for being able to survive up to this point. He then takes off his mouth mask asking his two students to leave the rest to him.
\\\
Azz and Sabro reunite with Iruma, who comes running up to them worried about their current state. Both are glad to see Iruma in return, which Azz is taken by surprise when the crying Iruma goes to hug him. Iruma states how glad he is that Azz is safe, and that he's relieved he's still alive. In return, Azz apologizes for making him worry, but Iruma claims that he should be the one apologizing having not thought out the danger beforehand. The result is the two of them arguing with Azz claiming that it was his fault for getting careless while Iruma points out that he was the one who dragged Azz into this mess to begin with. Sabro then picks the two of them up reminding them that they still got to run away. While holding the two of them ready to start running, Sabro looks back smiling at Shichiro; claiming that staying around here will result in them being crushed.
\\\
Meanwhile, the Carmine Dragon is seen battling it out with a massive Wooden Dragon that goes about trying to tie up the former in its root attack. Shichiro is seen hanging from the Wooden Dragon's hair while holding a bottle of seeds. He explains that the Wooden Dragon is a cousin of the Nigi-Nigi weed, and that it grows faster the mana one puts within the weed seed. Shichiro goes about pointing out to the Carmine Dragon how the roots of his Wooden Dragon are now entangling around the opposing dragon's legs, neck, and base of the head horns. That as a biology teacher, he knows the Carmine Draogn's strengths and weaknesses.
\\\
The Carmine Dragon attempts to counter by launching a fire-breath attack, which Shichiro admits is a good decision given that wood is weak against fire. However, Shichiro warns it that the fire-breath won't be strong enough since the Wooden Dragon was made with said teacher's powerful mana. He also proceeds to taunt the Carmine Dragon that its mana is weaker, and creates a fist with his Wooden Dragon's roots to punch at the Carmine Dragon's throat, which it roars out in pain. Shichiro then points out how the Carmine Dragon dared to attack his precious students, and that it's for that reason that he will now make it regret that decision. The Wooden Dragon then goes in to land the finishing bite on the Carmine Dragon's neck; resulting in the Carmine Dragon falling to the ground in defeat.
\\\
Shichiro makes his way back to his students, which Iruma and company are all amazed by his efforts. However, Shichiro ignores it, and instead checks over his students to see if they're completely unharmed. Azz then looks back at the head of the defeated Carmine Dragon, and gulps in fear finding it unbelievable that Shichiro easily brought down the demonic beast that they were struggling with. Looking at Shichiro playing with his little Wooden Dragon doll that's become a small size in his hand agian, Azz realizes that said teacher is the indestructible spear that he desires to be one day. As a result, Azz starts to beg Shichiro to be his mentor, which annoys Sabro since it turns out that he also wants to be trained by Shichiro in order to become Demon King. In return, Shichiro finds it surprising that he now has students who look up to him. Suddenly, the Shichiro group notices the leftover magic within the Carmine Dragon acting up.
\\\
As if reacting to a call for help, the leftover magic from the defeated Mountain Bull and Panther Rat beasts are also seen acting up. Their leftover magic shoots into the sky, combines into a larger mass of magic, and heads in the direction of the Carmine Dragon. The mass of magic slams into the Carmine Dragon, which results in the dragon getting back up, and transforming into a large mutant creature having absorbed the magic of the Mountain Bull and Panther Rat. The mutated demonic beast roars at the surprised Shichiro group ready to fight again, and prepares to fire a magic beam. Shichiro orders his students to retreat, and prepares himself to block the attack. The magic beam hits Shichiro full blast, but once the dust settles, it turns out that he only had to block a portion of the beam thanks to the arrival of Opera and Ameri. The two of them are now standing alongside Shichiro having helped him block the attack.
\\\
As Ameri looks over her hands clearly feeling the affect of the powerful attack, Opera turns his attention to Iruma asking if he's okay. Iruma's unable to understand how Opera knew to come here, which the butler answers that he followed Iruma's scent. Sure enough, Iruma remembers Sullivan dumping some sort of substance on him before departing to Walter Park, which Opera explains was a perfume that gives Iruma a unique aroma. As the confused Iruma goes about sniffing himself, Opera looks upon the mutated demonic beast wondering what it is. Shichiro explains that there was a huge burst of mana light a moment ago. He then asks for Opera to give him a hand just like he did for him in the past, which Opera replies that it's a given. However, Opera points out the problem that it might be tough with just the two of them. Thus, Opera pulls out a summoning seal pretending not to know why he has it. The sight of the seal leaves Iruma in fear knowing what Opera's about to do.
\\\
Shortly after, Kalego suddenly appears in familiar form having been summoned by Iruma to their location, much to Kalego's confusion. Before Kalego could yell his anger at Iruma, Opera and Shichiro grab hold of him to keep him still. The sparkling Opera proceeds to pet familiar Kalego stating that they should combine their powers like the old days in order to defeat the current enemy. In return, Kalego is convinced that Iruma summoning him was Opera's plan all along. The sparkling Shichiro also gets to petting familiar Kalego excited at how fluffy the latter is, and that they have to deal with the beasts that have emerged, which Kalego orders him to calm down. Kalego orders Iruma to undo the summoning, but Opera interrupts that they can't just yet due to the need to kill the Mutant Demonic Beast that's in front of them.
\\\
Kalego remains unconvinced asking why they need his help for this. Trying to calm him down, Shichiro tries to explain that Kalego should use this as an opportunity to see how well he can cast magic in familiar form. Opera then asks for the students to stand back, which gets Azz and Sabro excited as they're about to see the cooperation of three high-rank demons. Opera, Kalego and Shichiro stand ready to fight the Mutant Demonic Beast, but Opera is unable to take it seriously due to Kalego's familiar form, who in turn reminds Opera that this is his fault. As they watch the three adults approach the beast, Azz points out the problem that this could be a death match due to their opponent being the combined form of three giant magic beasts. Sabro also agrees believing that this is going to be a long battle.
\\\
Activating their abilities, Opera proceeds to land a powerful Wrath Kick on the Mutant Demonic Beast's lower region, familiar Kalego summons out Cerberus to claw at the beast's center, and Shichiro summons out a Nigyul root attack to strangle the beast's neck. The result is a quick knockout for the Mutant Demonic Beast; leaving Iruma, Azz, Sabro, Ameri and Picero stunned in shock at the power display of the adults. Iruma remains confused as to how this was considered cooperation, which Sabro agrees that this was just each of the adults beating up the beast by themselves. Azz adds that this was just a display of their ruthlessness as Opera is seen bullying Kalego that his Cerberus also took on a cute form due to familiar mode. In the end, Iruma gets excited again realizing that the fight with the demonic beasts is finally over.
\\\
Still moving through Wlavoas Prison, a confused Wett finds it unbelievable hearing from Miki on the other end of his walkie talkie that the demonic beasts were all annihilated. Miki, who was watching over the events of Walter Park, also points out that even the combined Mutant Demonic Beast form was defeated, which surprises Wett that it was defeated in such a short time. She also warns Wett that there appears to be several high-ranked demons within the park who were able to dispose of the demonic beasts; leaving Wett to think their current situation over. Still following behind Wett, Atori asks if this is bad for them since the plan was to wreck Walter Park, yet they failed to do so. However, Wett reassures him that there's no problem, and that they just got to speed up their side of things. Atori questions what this means for Walter Park, which Wett smugly replies that the Mutant Demonic Beast is a child bred from their wicked magic. Thus, it still has one last trick.
\\\
Back on the surface, Iruma and company are caught off-guard by the magic within the Mutant Demonic Beast activating, which its body begins expanding looking like it's about to explode. Ameri questions how it's still alive, but Shichiro corrects her that the corpse is just accumulating its leftover magic until the point of self-destructing. Turning to Picero, Kalego orders him to use My Area to make for them a giant hole. Kalego then orders everyone to jump in while warning them that the beast's self-destruction is going to burn everything, and that they will suffer less damage hiding underground. Once everyone's in the hole, Iruma questions what will happen once the Mutant Demonic Beast self-destructs, which Opera answers that the explosion will likely obliterate half of Walter Park. Azz then notices how the Mutant Demonic Beast is moving to aim in a specific direction; warning them that it's aiming to launch its self-destruction magic towards the park shelter that's filled with the park visitors.
\\\
Ameri, Azz, and Sabro all prepare their magic knowing that at the very least, they have to try to divert the direction of the self-destruction blast. However, Kalego quickly orders them to knock it off; warning them that since the the Mutant Demonic Beast is already a magical bomb, just attacking it will cause it to explode. Iruma questions if there's any way to inform the shelter, but Shichiro provides the bad news that since it's far away, it would be too late for the visitors to escape even if they made it in time to warn them. The desperate Iruma asks if there's instead anything they can do about the exploding beast, but Shichiro makes it clear to him that it's too late for them to do anything. That it will fire, and kill all the visitors listening to Kuromu's concert within the shelter. As the Mutant Demonic Beast is on the verge of firing, Ronove steps out of hiding using his Charisma bloodline to yell at the beast; calling it stupid while ordering it to stop.
\\\
Iruma and company are unable to believe what Ronove's doing as he goes about scolding the beast for breaking into the park that was made by his legendary father, for invading his garden, and for hurting his people. Despite his legs clearly shaking in fear, Ronove calls the Mutant Demonic Beast a villain. Ronove yells at the beast that he will never forgive it for trampling on their "pleasure." He yells for the Mutant Demonic Beast to look at him, which his Charisma ability that causes everyone to start gazing at him in an instant finally activates; causing the beast to turn its attention towards Ronove. Sabro gets excited pointing out that the Mutant Demonic Beast is no longer targetting the shelter, but Azz points out that issue that it's now targetting to kill Ronove. The beast prepares to fire its self-destruction magic upon Ronove, which he begins to cry realizing that he didn't fully think this through as he's about to die. Suddenly, Iruma jumps in front of Ronove with his ring hand stretched out ready to fire magic. He calls for Ali asking if the latter can do it, which Ali appears ready to support his partner despite his desire to stay hidden.
\\\
Everyone watches in shock at the sight of Iruma standing before the self-destructing Mutant Demonic Beast. Shichiro worries for the boy's life while Kalego calls him an idiot not understanding what Iruma's trying to do. Iruma grabs his Ring of Gluttony, and switches it to the highest Ifrit Mode. He yells to Ali that the plan is to eat all the incoming magic, which Ali is about to agree with only to realize how crazy said plan is. He warns Iruma that swallowing this amount of magic is something he did not sign up for, which confuses Iruma as he believed that the Ring of Gluttony was capable of consuming all kinds of mana. Ali complains back that this will be super-hard on him taking all the self-destruct magic in one go only for Iruma to question how he can't do it when he knows that Ali was capable of swallowing all of Principal Sullivan's magic. Meanwhile, Ronove is unable to understand what's going on as from his view-point, Ali is out of sight, which makes it look like Iruma's talking to himself.
\\\
Overall, Ali admits that he will be capable of eating all the self-destruct magic. However, he points out that he will require Iruma's help, and asks if Iruma remembers back to the time the boy used magic to change the ring spirit's appearance. He orders Iruma once more to imagine it, which the boy agrees to. Iruma holds out his hand before Ali ready to change the ring spirit's appearance, which Ali reminds the boy that magic means imagination, and then orders Iruma to picture the ring spirit swallowing all of the Mutant Demonic Beast's magic. As a result, Iruma thinks over all the events and fun he experienced at Walter Park, and imagines an object that will swallow all magic. The Mutant Demonic Beast is about to fire its powerful self-destruct magic upon Iruma and Ronove, much to the worry of everyone watching. Iruma yells "Image" facing the beam of magic coming towards him, which results in Ali transforming into a cat with a giant mouth that bears a striking resemblance to a park parade float. Ali in the giant cat form chomps down upon the Mutant Demonic Beast, and successfully eats all the magic to the point of the beast shriveling down into a tiny lizard.
\\\
The sight of the defeated Mutant Demonic Beast leaves everyone shocked. Iruma sees that Ali looks like he's about to throw up, but the ring spirit quickly returns into the Ring of Gluttony before anyone catches sight of him. As a result, Iruma pretends that it was all him by raising his fist in victory thanking the beast for the meal. The rest of the group gathers around Iruma relieved that he's okay. The worried Azz asks if Iruma's okay while Sabro asks him what the spell was that Iruma just pulled. Ameri also states her worry questioning why Iruma always has to surprise her like that. Iruma struggles to answer, but they're all interrupted by an angry familiar Kalego calling the boy an idiot for doing it again. However, Iruma explains himself that he did not forget what Kalego told him that he shouldn't be getting used to danger. Iruma further explains that because he's gotten so used to being in danger, he developed a problem where he started to take it lightly. However, he regained that "sense of fear" the moment he realized that people precious to him were about to get hurt.
\\\
Iruma holds his chest admitting that he was feeling really scared, and believed that he was going to die standing before the Mutant Demonic Beast. He admits to feeling at that moment that all he's doing is making people worried, and that there was a chance that his actions won't save anyone. As a result, he chose to strengthen his resolve in order to save everything. A brief flashback of a greatly determined Iruma is seen jumping out of the hole towards Ronove. Thinking to himself that he doesn't want to forgo his ideals, Iruma announces to Kalego and company that this is his ambition. Kalego remains silent accepting Iruma's words, but still thinks of Iruma as a fool seeing the boy's hands and voice shaking in nervousness. Watching Kalego continue to scold Iruma from afar, Opera admits that he's finally starting to get it. He remembers back to when he originally met Iruma wondering why Sullivan chose this boy specifically. However, upon seeing Iruma's actions, Opera now believes he understands why Sullivan chose Iruma.
\\\
Meanwhile within Wlavoas Prison, Kirio's prisoner group is seen having made their way up to 1st floor, which a pile of rubble blocks the way forward. Led by Bats, they all begin climbing the rubble questioning if this is it, and become excited that they're so close to finally getting outside. Selaguts points out the oddity that Kirio's disappeared, which Imp replies that they got separated from him at some point. They eventually spot a prison barred window above the rubble shining light down upon them. Excited to get out, Bars gives the order to the rest of his fellow prisoners to break down the bars. The moment they touch the bars however, all the prisoners are instantly knocked back by a burst of magic. Bats is unable to understand what's going on not being able to touch the bars, which Lumero tests it again only for his hand to get repelled once more. Lumero begins to sweat nervously upon realizing that the barred window can only be opened from the other side. Suddenly, they spot Kirio appearing out of a pipe on the other side, and waves hi to the demons that have been awaiting his arrival.
\\\
The confused prisoners not knowing how Kirio got out call over to him for help. However, Bats and the other prisoners are all stunned silent once they realize that the demons who were awaiting Kirio's escape are the Six Fingers, which they all bow down before him. Wett welcomes Kirio back, and explains that the Six Fingers are here to escort him out of here. The prisoners still on the other side of the barred window remain confused as to what's going on, which Kirio gives them a smug smile. Kirio asks the Six Fingers what the plan was again. In return, Wett states that Baal's orders were to "Destroy Water Park" and "Free Kirio," much to Bats and company's confusion that releasing the other prisoners aren't included. Bats calls Kirio a bastard while Lumero questions Kirio if this means he's betraying and leaving them. Taking off his prisoner collar, Kirio doesn't agree with their accusations, and reminds the prisoners that he never actually said that he was going to help free them. Amongst the trapped prisoners, Imp looks upon Kirio, and it's at this moment that he realized it. That while all the prisoners were considered to be "bad," the soft-looking man before him was different from the other prisoners to the point that he was truly "evil." As Wett provides their newly freed prisoner some proper clothing, Kirio taunts the prisoners telling them that they did a good job.
\\\
The prisoners who teamed up with Kirio are all seen becoming enraged unable to believe what's going on. Bats calls him a bastard, and accuses Kirio of tricking them by pretending to help them escape, and then betraying them at the last second. He asks Kirio why he's doing this, which Atori points out in agreement asking why it's not fine to release them. Atori explains that Walter Park would be in more chaos with the prisoners released, but Kirio rejects it. Still pushing, Atori is unable to understand, and asks what the purpose was bringing the prisoners all the way up to the final barred window. In return, Kirio explains that the reason he brought all the prisoners to the very edge of escaping was because he had no intention of letting them out. He points out how the prisoners listened to his plan, believed in him, and volunteered to help.
\\\
Walking up to the trapped prisoners who are still stunned in shock at what they're hearing, Kirio states that seeing their ideals fall apart in front of their very eyes is the greatest despair. Looking at them face-to-face through the bars, the ecstatic Kirio reveals that he's wanted to see that look of despair on their faces for so long, much to the fear of Bats, Imp and the others. Kirio turns his attention back to Atori pointing out that releasing them would be pointless since they'll quickly get caught again anyway, which Atori finally accepts. Atori thinks to himself that he originally couldn't understand why such a weak guy was one of their leaders, but upon seeing Kirio's treatment of the prisoners, he admits his amazement to see such a wonderful example of a demon such as Kirio who's "Returned to Origins." Now that he's free, Kirio suggests that it's time for them to head home.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, Iruma is heard also saying that they should think about heading home. Surrounded by his fellow Abnormal classmates, Iruma tries to explain to them that they're all weary despite having reunited safely, and that the park is currently all tattered. However, his words are completely ignored by his classmates, and Iruma realizes that trying to convince them at this time isn't the best. It turns out that they're all sitting on a large parade float, and are being cheered at by the watching visitors. In addition, Ronove stands at the head of the float getting the visitors hyped up with his speeches while Opera, Kalego and Shichiro sit on king-like chairs on the float with the Abnormal students. Iruma questions why they're holding a parade now after Walter Park was just attacked, which Ronove explains that this is exactly why there's no better time to hold one. A demon with a mustache then appears alongside Ronove adding in that the meaning of Walter Park is to have a fun time anywhere.
\\\
The mustache man then points out that Iruma and company are the Super VIP of the park at the moment, which they all remain confused as to who he is. This person turns out to be Rosevelt; the father of Ronove, and the manager of Walter Park. He announces to Iruma and company that this is his way of showing gratitude for saving his Walter Park, which he heard the stories from his son about how they all worked together to kick the demonic beasts' butts. Thus, Rosevelt sparkles happily stating that he owes them a great debt of gratitude. Rosevelt figures that he will eventually have to greet the teachers as well, but he first turns his attention to the Abnormal students asking who their leader is. Not wanting anything to do with Rosevelt, they all quickly point to Iruma, much to his fear.
\\\
Shortly after, Rosevelt is seen at the front of the parade float alongside his son, and is holding Iruma in his arm. Rosevelt and Ronove go about cheering, and yell out that the Iruma he's currently with is Walter Park's savior. He also adds that Iruma's group from Babyls, as well as his son, Lomiere Ronove, are also their saviors, and orders everyone to hail their saviors. Iruma's unable to handle being called someone's savior, but Rosevelt makes it clear that given how he's the hero, Iruma and his friends must have their efforts recognized. Thus, Rosevelt asks for Iruma to leave the cheering to him as the float continues to move past all the excited and grateful visitors. Meanwhile just around the corner, a hiding Kirio is seen trying to catch his breath not being able to handle what he just witnessed.
\\\
Seeing Iruma on the parade float being celebrated as a hero, Kirio questions why he's here. He figures that the only reason must be that Iruma was the one who defeated the demonic beasts, and realizes that Iruma has once again foiled his plan. Feeling ecstatic again, Kirio thinks to himself that this must be destiny. As Kirio's about to re-confirm that Iruma truly is the same as him, his thoughts are interrupted by Baal contanting him over Wett's walkie talkie. Baal asks if Kirio's there, and orders for him to report immediately. Kirio sighs in disappointment claiming that he is indeed back, which annoys Baal claiming that he will strangle Kirio for not sounding determined.
\\\
Baal states how he heard that Walter Park is still intact, and would have preferred for it to be completely destroyed since such a happy place being an outlet for wicked phase demons goes against the chaotic world he desires. However, he warns Kirio and the Six Fingers that it's about to be troublesome for them at the park due to the arrival of the police department. Thus, he orders Kirio to return, which the latter accepts. Baal smiles smugly claiming that it's perfect that Kirio's back since the latter's warped mind is still needed in order to achieve their ambition, and continue to spread chaos. Kirio agrees, and then takes a look back in Iruma's direction. He claims that he will surely meet Iruma again since the boy is his destined enemy. Shiida also takes one last look in Iruma's direction before disappearing with the others. Meanwhile as Iruma's still cheering atop Rosevelt's parade float, he looks in the direction of the dark alley where Kirio and the Six Fingers were thinking that he noticed something.
\\\
Opera asks Iruma what's the matter, but Iruma's unable to say anything. The butler then hands over Iruma's backpack that the latter thought he lost. Iruma's glad to find his phone still within it, and also finds a note that Sullivan left for him before he left for Walter Park. Iruma realizes that it was the promise note that he wrote with Sullivan, which Sullivan leaves a message asking for Iruma to promise to have fun with everyone. Azz then calls for Iruma's attention, which the latter turns around, and sees the teachers, Abnormal students, and Ameri all smiling and having fun. Iruma smiles back believing that he kept his promise that despite all the troublesome things that happened today, he managed to have a lot of fun. Meanwhile at home, Sullivan is seen freaking out watching the news report about Walter Park's restoration after the demonic beast attack. The worried Sullivan questions what went down after he locked himself in his room due to feeling lonely without Iruma, and that he spent all this time looking over his Iruma photos. Calling out Iruma's name in worry, Sullivan heads off for the park.
\\\
Shortly after, the restoration process is seen having begun in Walter Park with many demons going about removing the rubble. Sullivan cries in Iruma's arms glad to see that Iruma's safe as Opera goes about wiping up the tears while Rosevelt and the other employees cry at the sight of such a happy moment. Opera apologizes to Sullivan stating that the plan was to return home earlier. However, the plan changed when it turned out that Rosevelt had prepared hotel rooms for them to stay in. Sure enough, Iruma and company are seen within Rosevelt Hotel; a luxury hotel floating in the sky above Walter Park. The sparking Rosevelt explains that giving them the hotel rooms was a given since they're the heroes of Walter Park. He then bumps fists with Sullivan as it turns out that the two of them are good pals. Rosevelt claims that just the fact they're Sullivan's students means that they're more than welcome to be here, which Sullivan thanks him for.
\\\
Sullivan whispers to Rosevelt asking if a certain set of preparations are ready, which Rosevelt answers they are. Still worried, Sullivan falls into tears again asking Iruma if he's alright, or has been traumatized to the point of not going outside for awhile, which Iruma answers no. Iruma happily answers that he enjoyed the park, and that he's fine thanks to Opera and the teachers protecting them. In return, Sullivan cries tears of happiness calling Iruma brave, and thanks opera for a great job. Opera accepts the praise, but also warns master Sullivan that the latter will dehydrate if he keeps crying. Sullivan happily announces that from now on, Opera and the other two teachers he assigned are Iruma's official bodyguards, which Opera accepts.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, Kalego is seen shivering in fear as he walks alongside Schchiro down a hallway of the hotel. Shichiro asks what's wrong, which the confused Kalego answers that he's got a bad feeling (not knowing what Sullivan just decided). Changing the subject, Shichiro asks if Kalego's figured out who was behind the attack, which Kalego answers that he knows based on reports from the police that it was a few members of the park staff. However, it turned out that the other staff members and the prisoners who were involved with the culprit can't remember their names or what they looked like. An image of Wett is seen waving his hand in front of the park staff and prisoners he interacted with as if he wiped their memory. In the present, Kalego figures that there was a some sort of spell involved that erased the memories of the culprit. Kalego opens the door to his hotel room asking Shichiro for the two of them to continue their talk here only to come across the 4 students he watched over in the park living it up. Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui go about eating snacks and laughing it up making fun of how Kalego was enjoying himself fighting against the Mountain Bull.
\\\
Kalego yells at them asking why they're here, which they all freak out not expecting the teacher to return to soon, and try to clean things up. Still yelling, Kalego orders them to go back downstairs to their own rooms. Goemon points out that they wanted too see the more elegant upper rooms, which Jazz adds that they wanted to rob and play. Lied and Kamui continue eating snacks stating that they've been thinking about today's events, which Kalego yells at them to stop eating on the bed. Jazz is also seen carrying around expansive things finding it awesome that there's so much good stuff to steal. Kalego yells once more ordering him to stop looting. He yells for his students to get out, which Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui get too leaving, but aren't fearful of Kalego anymore. Kalego and Shichiro can hear the four students continuing to have fun, such as heading to the hotel's game center. Shichiro points out that the kids seem to like Kalego now, who replies by calling them the worst since they like to mess with them.
\\\
At that same time, the girls that were assigned to Opera's group are all seen picking out clothes within the hotel's clothes room. Elizabetta gets excited asking if she really can take whatever clothes she likes, which the employee states is indeed the case as it's a present from owner Rosevelt. Ameri goes along with it since her clothes got all ragged from the fighting. Clara points out that Ameri was cool making all the fighting and explosion noises, which Elizabetta adds that Kuromu's concert was wonderful as well. She asks Kerori if she also thought that the concert was cool, but Kerori remains silent not being able to reveal her idol identity. Ameri then changes the subject pointing out that it's good that everyone turned out safe, which Elizabetta and Kerori agree with. The employee then brings up how there's a planned dinner buffet and cake, which the girls all get excited asking for different kinds of desserts.
\\\
Shortly after, the dinner buffet for Iruma and company begins, much to everyone's excitement. Ronove tries to feed Picero shoving food into the latter's cheek while Lied and Jazz are trying out random food. Azz happily provides a large plate of food for the excited Iruma, who eats it all quickly. Opera tries to provide Kalego some cake, and Azz and Sabro go about arguing over eating vegetables or meat respectively. Finally, Lied and Goemon begin to worry when they realize that Clara's jumped into the tower of pudding, and need to save her. Suddenly, Ameri notices Iruma walking towards the hotel balcony, which he silently looks towards Walter Park down below the floating hotel. Ameri notices he's alone, and is about to call out to him, but she suddenly realizes that she's now alone with him in a quiet place with a night view. She begins to blush remembering that this moment was a romantic scene that popped up in "First Love Memories." Catching her breath, Ameri walks up to Iruma, and calls out to him.
\\\
Looking upon Ameri, Iruma first notices the beautiful dress she's wearing, which she struggles to explain that she had no choice due to her other clothes being dirty, and that her current dress was a gift from Rosevelt. However, Iruma happily states that it suits her, which leaves her blushing unable to say anything more. Iruma then points out that Ameri appearing is good timing as he has something to tell her. He explains how they once talked about ideals and ambitions, but in the end, he's realized that having fun with everyone is his ideal after all. Clenching his fist however, Iruma further explains that he knows there's still something he needs in order to protect this ideal. Thus, Iruma announces to Ameri that he will go about changing in order to achieve his ambition of protecting his ideals, and asks for her to watch him. Impressed by Iruma's words, Ameri thinks to herself that Iruma is continuing to become stronger every time he's been out of her sight. Ameri teases Iruma calling him greedy for the claim earlier that he's going to save everything.
\\\
Wanting to push her own ideals forward as well, Ameri is about to ask Iruma for the next time to just be the two of them, but is interrupted by the arrival of Clara and Azz bursting out onto the balcony, much to Ameri's annoyance. Having been searching for Iruma, the sparkling Clara informs him that there's a giant cake to be eaten. The sparkling Azz also adds that Shichiro agreed to teach him magic, and suggests that he and Iruma learn from him together. Iruma happily agrees to it, and turns to ask Ameri if he can go, which she's forced to accept not liking that she was interrupted again. However, Iruma catches her off-guard when he asks her if they can go somewhere just the two of them, which causes her to blush and give off steam to the point of falling unconscious. Overall, a final message is provided claiming that Iruma and company have overcome hardships, learned a lot, and that there will be many more exciting things from now on.
\\\
After dinner, Iruma, Azz and Clara return to their hotel room, which Iruma is ready to get some sleep. However, he finds the Abnormal students all holed up in his room watching the television. On the television is Rosevelt holding a press conference with Sullivan, which a reporter is amazed to hear from the two of them that the saviors of Walter Park were Iruma and his friends. Rosevelt and Sullivan state that the students of Babyls, Ronove, and Iruma are all heroes, much to the amazement of Iruma's friends that are watching the television. However, Iruma begins to fear for the worst confused as to what the hell Rosevelt and Sullivan are doing by making him famous. That he's once again going against his desire of not wanting to stand out.
[[/folder]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


The ''Walter Park'' arc is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. The arc consists of chapters 69 to 88.

to:

The ''Walter Park'' arc is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. The arc consists of chapters 69 to 88.
88, and was adapted into episodes 12 to 18 of the 2nd season of the anime.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None

Added DiffLines:

The ''Walter Park'' arc is the 11th StoryArc of the ''Manga/WelcomeToDemonSchoolIrumaKun'' manga series. The arc consists of chapters 69 to 88.

----

!!Walter Park Arc Summary

!!!Chapter 69: Enjoying Our Final Days
Iruma remains at home not knowing what to do for his summer vacation. That is until Azz and Clara show up at his house. They desire to take him to Walter Park knowing of his interest in going to an amusement park, which they brought along a park guide to plan out their day of fun. Clara then reveals that she had already asked everyone else to join in; resulting in the rest of the Abnormal class arriving at Iruma's home ready to go to Walter Park with him, which they help out at putting together the day plan. Sullivan is also highly interested in letting Iruma have his day of fun, and makes sure to provide his grandson a few capable escorts.

The next day, Iruma, Azz, and Clara meet up with a majority of the Abnormal class at the closed entrance of Walter Park. Schneider being the only one who couldn't make it as it turned out that his top grades got him selected to be the school representative for an academic conference. Opera, Shichiro, and Kalego are also seen waiting on standby as the mentioned escorts; having been ordered to watch over Iruma and company during their time at the park. Iruma is then greeted by Ameri, who Iruma texted ahead of time about the park trip. Ameri ended up getting the trip confused as a private date with Iruma, but in the end is still prepared to have a day of fun with him and his class. Eventually, the gate to Walter Park opens. Iruma and company are welcomed by the workers as they enter to begin their day of fun.

!!!Chapter 70: Walter Park
As everyone prepares to go off on their own, Kalego makes it clear that the students will all need a chaperone watching over them. Shichiro suggests that they split into 3 groups given the 3 adult escorters present, which Clara adds that they should turn this into a competition to see which group by the end of the day turned out to have had the most fun. They all agree to go along with it, even Kalego so long as the losing team gets punished with more summer homework. Drawing straws for the teams, Shichiro gets Iruma, Azz, Sabro and Picero, Opera gets Clara, Ameri, Kerori, and Elizabetta, and Kalego gets Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui. The last of which are all left in despair that they've already lost getting paired up with Kalego.

The 3 groups all head off to begin their day of fun. In Opera's group, Ameri remains disappointed that she didn't get paired with Iruma, but the other girls are excited for the all-girls reunion, and decide to go shopping with Ameri to buy her a dress. Meanwhile, Kalego's group tries to plan behind his back feeling they can't win, but return to taking the fun competition seriously when Kalego spots them acting weird. Finally, Shichiro's group has basically become a sight-seeing event for Iruma given that he's never been to an amusement park before. While watching a parade however, Iruma and company run into Ronove again showing off on one of the floats. Ronove greets his classmates, and explains how Walter Park is his sanctuary that his father built for him. With Ronove is his subordinate, Huetoto, a member of the park staff trying to keep Ronove focused on inspecting the park for his future goals.

Ronove is told about the fun competition going on between the 3 teams, which sparks his interest. He offers to use his VIP status to provide Shichiro's group a tour of the park's most secret and dangerous places, which freaks Huetoto out hoping that Ronove's not talking about the park basement. It turns out that because Walter Park has a lot of attractions that require loads of magic to run, a massive prison for dangerous demons was built underneath the park; sapping the prisoners of their magic to run the park attractions. Meanwhile within said prison, Kirio is seen as one of the prisoners taking notice that the park seems more rowdier than usual.

!!!Chapter 71: Everyone's Playmate
The 3 teams go about having fun within Walter Park. Opera's all-girls group of Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta and Kerori is first seen having made their way to a clothing shop to pick out clothes. Here, two staff members, a lady with glasses and an old man barely taller than a foot, help them try on clothes; claiming that its their jobs as park staff to act as their playmates wherever and whenever. Opera's group then pose for a fun photo to show to the other groups the proof that they're having fun.

Second, Kalego's group of Lied, Jazz, Goemon and Kamui go about struggling to have fun. They're eventually greeted by two thug-looking demons, who challenge the students to a shooting gallery game. The result is the students finally having some fun, which they pose for their picture to send to the other teams as proof. In addition, the two thugs reveal themselves to be members of the park staff acting out their role as playmates. The group suddenly starts receiving loads of pictures from Shichiro's side showing their fun, which leaves the Kalego team desperate to find a unique park location for them to have fun. Lied suggests Kararagi Street due to how mysterious it appears on the park map, but Kalego steps in warning them not to go there. He explains to his students how it's a leftover place from when the park was designed just for demons to vent out their wicked phase stress. That to this day, Kararagi Street remains as the park's area for demons who have bad reputation, and engage in shady activity.

Finally, Shichiro's group of Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero go about having fun in the park while Huetoto struggles to keep up. Though their adventure is mainly just watching Iruma and Ronove enjoy themselves on the rides as Azz takes loads of pictures of Iruma to send to the other 2 groups. While having fun however, Iruma ends up not paying attention, and gets himself separated from the group. Having lost contact with the others due to his phone being out of energy, Iruma suddenly finds himself completely lost on the dark and dangerous looking Kararagi Street.

!!!Chapter 72: Sharp Eyes
Ronove returns to Shichiro's group alone, which causes them to freak out that Iruma's gone missing. Meanwhile on Kararagi Street, a suspicious demon discovers Iruma, and tries to pull the boy into a dark alley. However, said demon is scared off by a tall female demon claiming Iruma to be her brother. The female demon then helps Iruma escape Kararagi Street by returning him to the bright safeness of Walter Park, scolds the boy for doing something so dangerous, and points Iruma in the direction of the park's lost kid center. However, she chooses to stick by him worried that he's going to get lost again along the way.

Iruma's attention is brought to an animal riding attraction where he goes about riding a critter for fun. However, Iruma notices that the female demon struggles to interact with critters, which he shows her how to befriend critters based on what he learned from Shichiro's teachings. The two of then pose for a picture as a way to remember this moment. Iruma and the female demon next go on the ferris whell when she suggests that they can see the correct path to take towards the lost kid center from high up. Here, Iruma thanks her for all the help she's given him so far, and that meeting her made him glad to have come to the park. In return, she happily pats him on the head.

Spotting Shichiro's group from above, Iruma reunites with his friends after getting off the ferris wheel, much to their relief. However, the female demon disappears before Iruma could properly introduce her to them. The female demon arrives at a backstage area of Walter Park where she's revealed to be a member of the park staff named Shiida. Despite being scolded by another worker to not leave her position like she just did, Shiida is only interested in the picture she took with Iruma having played out her role as a part of the park's staff.

!!!Chapter 73: Wlavoas Prison
The story switches to following Imp Rocky, a newcomer detainee within the Wlavoas Prison fortress beneath Walter Park. Imp along with many other prisoners are brought to a machine where their magic power is sucked out, and sent up to power the park. Amongst his fellow prisoners is Kirio serving his 2 year term, who's struggling to provide magic due to his weak constitution. A fellow prisoner named Bats picks up Kirio to take him to the sick bay, but also takes Imp along, much to the latter's confusion. Instead of the sick bay however, Bats takes them to a secret location where a group of the prison's most wicked demons are all gathering.

Once Bats arrives with Kirio and Imp, the prisoners begin the meeting. As the newcomer, Imp is let in on their plan of escaping the prison. The plan came to fruition as a result of Kirio being an acquaintance of the "Six Fingers;" an infamous group of 6 dangerous demons who follow the primal demons, and made a name for themselves causing several noteworthy incidents. The Six Fingers have decided Walter Park to be their next target, which they currently reside within the park to help Kirio and the prisoners escape once they begin their "festival."

Bats explains to Imp that the magic power they've been sending up to Walter Park has been changed to not go towards the attractions, but is instead going to places set up by the Six Fingers. That whatever the Six Fingers set up, the magic power they've been storing up at these locations is going to be used to destroy Walter Park, which will provide them an opening to escape. Imp then hears that the plan is all going down today as Kirio shows off his wicked side smiling ecstatically at the thought of all the cheering park visitors suddenly screaming in despair. Meanwhile, Iruma is seen being happy in Walter Park not knowing that something bad is about to happen.

!!!Chapter 74: The Six Fingers' Plan
Iruma goes about entertaining some young kids as a bit of punishment for getting himself lost while the rest of Shichiro's group watches. He also learns about the existence of the Six Fingers from Azz. The kids also play with Picero, which eventually results in Ronove pulling off Picero's eye mask. To the surprise of everyone, Picero turns out to have been a dazzling good-looking boy behind the mask. Huetoto then departs from the group needing to report back to staff headquarters.

At staff headquarters, Shiida is seen waiting for Huetoto. He asks if the plans are ready, which she states is the case, and are just waiting for Wett's orders. Making their way to a rooftop, Shiida gives Huetoto a walkie talkie, which he gives the order to those on the other side to stop being staff members and return to their duty as the Six Fingers. Thus, revealing that Huetoto is Wett (First Finger), and that Shiida (Second Finger) is also a member. On the other side of the walkie talkie, the four staff members that were helping the Opera and Kalego groups turn out to be the other Fingers. The two shopkeeper Fingers being Hyudarin (Third Finger) and Miki (Fourth Finger), and the two thug Fingers being Atori (Fifth Finger) and Maemaro (Sixth Finger). They all remain excited that they finally get to drop the act to return to making chaos as Wett announces that due to the staff managers all being away from the park at the moment, this is their best chance to strike and free all the Wlavoas prisoners.

Aiming to destroy Walter Park, Wett is now holding in his hand an egg-shaped object. In addition, two similar egg-shaped objects are seen being held by Hyudarin and Maemaro to begin the plan at their locations. Wett drops the egg object off the roof, which results in a large explosion once it hits the ground. Many of the visitors get caught up in the explosion, along with Shichiro's group as they appear out of the rubble. Iruma and company are left stunned at the sight of a massive dragon monster appearing out of the explosion, and begins destroying the park. Thus, revealing that the Six Fingers' plan is to destroy Walter Park with 3 large rampaging demonic beasts.

!!!Chapter 75: Demonic Beasts Raid
Moments beforehand, Shichiro's group are seen cleaning up from entertaining the younger kids only for Picero to notice that something is off being able to sense 3 strange concentrated magic abnormalities going on in the ground. The moment Wett drops his egg object to the ground, the concentrated magic from the prisoners activates the spell that hatches the egg. Picero instantly notices, and activates his My Area bloodline ability to raise the ground up and project Shichiro's group from harm. The group then looks upon a newly hatched massive Carmine Dragon in their area going about rampaging and destroying the park. Iruma then recalls how Picero mentioned that it wasn't just one magic abnormality he sensed.

Sure enough, two other gigantic demonic beasts are seen now rampaging through Walter Park; a Panther Rat at the location of Opera's group, and a Mountain Bull at the location of Kalego's group. The announcement from the staff is made for the visitors to begin evacuating, but Kalego chooses to stay as he hasn't gotten to have fun. Believing that he shouldn't miss such a good teaching opportunity, Kalego aims to use this disaster as a means to improve his students' teamwork. Thus, Kalego gives the order to his group of students to go all out with their demonic power to take down the rampaging Mountain Bull, much to the fear of Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui.

!!!Chapter 76: A Reliable Back
Kalego's group of students try to take on the Mountain Bull, but are struggling due to Goemon being the only one with an offensive bloodline ability while Lied, Jazz, and Kamui all have utility bloodline abilities. Jazz forms a plan using their teamwork where Lied uses his Controller bloodline to take away the Bull's eyesight, Kamui uses his Translation bloodline to keep the Bull focused on him by speaking the Bull's language, and then Jazz combines a simple fire-spell with Goemon's Wind Blade bloodline to launch a combined fire/wind blade attack at the Bull from its blind spot. However, the attack does no damage on it. The four of them look to Kalego begging the teacher for help, but he remains on standby ordering his students to continue, and overcome the obstacle in front of them, if they desire to get stronger.

Unlike Kalego, Opera battles it out with the Panther Rat as it's his duty to protect Iruma's friends, much to the amazement of Ameri, Clara, Kerori, and Elizabetta. Ameri is ordered to evacuate the others to a safe location while Opera continues to to hold off the Rat. As they fight, the Panther Rat catches Opera by surprise when it reveals to have eight tails to attack with instead of one. One of the tails is about to finally hit him, but Ameri returns to kick the tail away; claiming that she can't run away from a crisis needing to do her duty as Babyls' Student Council President. Opera and Ameri stand back-to-back ready to take on the Panther Rat together only to become confused when they spot a returned Clara now holding on to one of the Rat's tails.

!!!Chapter 77: This Feeling Is...
Unlike the Kalego and Opera groups, Shichiro's group is seen evacuating with the other visitors from the area of the rampaging Carmine Dragon. However, Iruma is unable to understand the pain he's feeling in his chest looking upon the destoryed rubble of the park. A young boy trapped in the rubble suddenly cries out for help, along with calling to help the other children still stuck in the debris. However, none of the visitors are interested due to the danger of the nearby Carmine Dragon, and because demons have no interest in helping if they don't get anything in return. Looking at a phone picture of him and his friends having fun in Walter Park, Iruma realizes that the pain he's feeling is that he's sick of the horrible things going on around him, and because no one is doing anything about it. The result is Iruma charging in alone towards the rubble to save the trapped kid, much to everyone's surprise.

The Carmine Dragon rampages near Iruma and the trapped kid, but Iruma is able to easily avoid all the falling rubble due to his evasion skills, and saves the young boy. Iruma then announces to the rest of the Shichiro group that he feels irritated due to everything falling apart after having a fun time with everyone. Thus, he announces that he will strike back at this crisis by saving the kids, and proceeds to go deeper into the rubble. Meanwhile, Shichiro's group is impressed by Iruma's determination, which they all follow after Iruma into the rubble to help save the kids. Ronove is also brought along, much to his inconvenience. Meanwhile within Wlavoas prison, the Six Fingers begin disposing of the 1st floor wardens as they make their way down towards rescuing one specific prisoner.

!!!Chapter 78: Older Brother's Pride
Chaos erupts within Wlavoas Prison as the Six Fingers fight their way down into the prison's 2nd floor. Here, they disable the mechanism that keeps all the cell doors locked, which releases all the prisoners on the 3rd and 4th floors. As the battle ensues between the guards and the escaped prisoners, the group of prisoners who teamed up with Kirio are all seen making a break for it running up from the 4th floor. However, Imp remains worried and unconvinced of escaping since they're going to eventually have to deal with Triton, the powerful Deputy Warden known to easily crush their arms and legs thanks to his Handshake bloodline ability where he can crush anything with his hands.

Bats and the other prisoners of the Kirio group are all convinced that the Six Fingers are going to have a fierce battle against the deputy. Unbeknownst to them however, Triton is easily defeated by the much stronger Hyudarin, who Handshake had no affect on. The Fingers have finished clearing out the 2nd floor of the guards, and are about to go down to the 3rd floor as they hear their demonic beasts continuing their rampage above. Wett figures that it would take the appearance of a hero to stop Walter Park from being completely destroyed.

On the surface, Kalego's group continues their fight against the Mountain Bull. Lied, Goemon, and Kamui look to Jazz for help given that the latter is the Rank 3 (Gimmel) demon while the other three are only Rank 2 (Bet). The thought of being relied on as if he's their older brother makes Jazz extremely happy as he had decided in the past to treat his future younger siblings nicely compared to all the bad experiences he's had dealing with his own older brother. Overall, Jazz accepts the role as the group leader, but is unable to think of a plan that combines their abilities. Still watching from afar, Kalego provides a hint to his students asking Jazz if the whistle tied around his neck is just for show. Upon checking his whistle, Jazz realizes that he has a plan to win.

!!!Chapter 79: Victory Roar
Lied, Goemon, and Kamui go along with the plan devised by Jazz to beat the Mountain Bull. Thanks to the Translation bloodline also having the ability to control living things, Kamui takes control of hundreds of demon birds from the park's aviary to distract the Bull for his teammates as they work their plan. Jazz, Lied, and Goemon ride up on one of Kamui's mind-controlled birds towards the Bull's head, which Lied uses Controller to steal away the beast's hearing to further keep it distracted. Meanwhile, Goemon uses Wind Blade to redirect any strike the Bull sends their way.

All their efforts allow for Jazz to jump off the bird onto the Bull's ear, which he pulls out his whistle known as an Ear Blast Flute. The whistle is said to emit a powerful head-splitting sound wave against enemies depending on the strength of the user. Jazz's older brother had given it to him as an escape tool if he was ever caught trying to steal something, but Jazz instead decides to use it to stop the Bull's rampage. The moment Lied turns off Controller to restore the Bull's hearing, Jazz blows the Ear Blast Flute into its ear; sending a loud sound wave into its head, which successfully knocks out the Mountain Bull. The four of them begin celebrating believing to have won the battle, but are caught off-guard due to the Bull waking up moments after.

The Mountain Bull attempts to strike while the students aren't looking only for Kalego to finally step in and block the attack with a barrier. Kalego scolds his students for prematurely celebrating before fully confirming that they've won, but he still provides them passable enough grades for coming up with a plan that kind of worked. The teacher then proceeds to summon out his Cerberion familiar to quickly curb-stomp the Bull. With the Mountain Bull finally defeated, Kalego orders his students to finally take his picture now that he's had fun.

!!!Chapter 80: Which Side Is The Strongest?
Kerori and Elizabetta are seen within Walter Park's emergency shelter trying to help the staff keep the visitors and little children calm while the demonic beasts rampage outside. Kerori then comes up with an idea, and goes off on her own. Elizabetta struggles trying to keep everyone calm despite her Favorability bloodline being on full-blast, which they all begin to panic in fear. The moment Elizabetta's about to fall apart, Kerori returns having dressed up in her idol outfit as Kuromu.

The sight of Kuromu grabs the visitors' attention remembering that the idol was supposed to have a concert at the park today. Kuromu then takes the stage begging everyone to calm down and think rationally again. She asks them the question which is stronger: their fear of the demonic beasts, or her cuteness, which they all begin to cheer in excitement that Kuromu's cuteness is stronger. With the help of the staff, Kuromu begins her concert within the shelter to keep the park visitors calm and happy.

Meanwhile, the fight with the Panther Rat continues, which Opera notes that the Rat appears to have a weak spot on its forehead. Ameri steps forward to take on the Rat herself while Opera goes in to rescue Clara, who's still being swung around hanging on to one of the Rat's tails. Once Clara is rescued, Ameri gets serious for the first time by strengthening up her magic to full power. Ameri then states to the Panther Rat that she will now show it the power of the Rank 6 (Vav) demon, Ameri Azazel.

!!!Chapter 81: The Invincible Maiden
The Panther Rat senses the danger of facing a powered up Ameri, and begins to change up its tactics, such as trying to crush its enemy by jumping on her. However, Ameri easily throws the Panther Rat back as it turns out that what she activated to reach full power was her Romanticist bloodline; a magic said to be the strongest buff magic of her Azazel Family that allows for Ameri to draw out her maximum power as long as she believes in her own strength. The Panther Rat changes tactics again trying to spray poisonous gas upon Ameri, but it has no affect on her aside from making her act a bit out-of-sorts, such as randomly starting to sing. Ameri ends up thinking about a time where she was in a concert audience watching an Akudol perform, which the idol's words about burning spirit and not giving up has continued to inspire her.

While thinking and singing about the idol words that a maiden in love will never lose, Ameri lands a powerful flaming kick upon the Panther Rat's weak forehead spot that Opera told her about. The Panther Rat is finally defeated, but Ameri is left suffering the intense backlash from using Romanticist. Opera praises Ameri for a job well done, and that she's still capable of becoming stronger. He offers her to come work and train at the principal's house once she graduates school. Ameri declines the offer at first, but quickly realizes that she would be living under the roof of Iruma, the boy she fell in love with. As a result, Ameri changes tune that while she's already decided on her career path to help with her father's work, she hasn't taken Opera's offer off the table just yet.

Switching his attention to Clara, Opera finally gets around to asking her why she came back. Clara explains that she believed her Summon bloodline would be helpful to make weapons for them, which gives Opera an idea as he proceeds to ask her to make for them a secret weapon. Meanwhile at the location of Shichiro's group, the Carmine Dragon continues its rampage. Azz and Sabro are seen on a nearby rooftop ready to fight it while ordering each other to not get in the way.

!!!Chapter 82: Fighting Duo
Led by the little boy he rescued earlier, Iruma manages to locate the trapped kids under the park rubble with the help of Shichiro and Picero. They begin making their way to getting the kids to a safe location, which Iruma remains worried about Azz and Sabro given that they went off to fight the Carmine Dragon. Shichiro assures Iruma that he ordered the two of them to just act as decoys to distract the dragon until they've rescued the kids, but they quickly spot nearby that Azz and Sabro have already begun battling it out with the demonic beast. Azz and Sabro show off their respective fire and Weapon Creation attacks against the Carmine Dragon arguing over who's doing better to the point that they both summon out their familiars to deal more damage.

Despite the added firepower of Azz's Gorgon Snake and Sabro's Kelbie, the Carmine Dragon remains fully capable of fighting. However, the efforts put up by Azz and Sabro is enough to impress Shichiro into believing that the two of them are already proving themselves to be terrifying first-year students. At this point, the Carmine Dragon changes tactic to start using its breath attack. It fires a massive beam of magic that hits the building Iruma's company were moving through, but Shichiro easily blocks the attack from hitting Iruma and the kids. The Carmine Dragon then turns its attention to Azz, and fires another beam of magic that appears to overtake him.

!!!Chapter 83: Indestructible Spear
Azz is shown to have been protected from the Carmine Dragon's beam attack thanks to Sabro getting in the line of fire to block it with a shield he quickly forged up. However, Sabro is left in a rough state due to the beam melting through the shield. Azz remains confused as to why Sabro saved him, which Sabro stays true to himself claiming that pulling such a stunt makes him an extremely cool Demon King. The two of them take cover behind a wall when the Carmine Dragon attempts to hit them with a fire-breath attack. Azz stands ready to continue the fight, but Sabro suggests that they retreat. Azz is left confused by Sabro choosing to run away, which Sabro questions if fighting and dying to the demonic beast is truly Azz's ambition.

Sabro points out that unlike Azz, who hasn't grown a millimeter by always being distracted by Iruma, Sabro's been using his experiences up to this point to reflect on what he did wrong in order to mature, and to continue growing stronger towards his goal of one day becoming the Demon King. He yells at Azz calling him an idiot for not remembering that his ambition was to be Iruma's indestructible spear rather than just dying gloriously to a demonic beast, which finally convinces Azz to retreat so that he can return to Iruma. Using the last of his remaining magic power, Azz casts out a long Flame Wall for him and Sabro to run along so that the Carmine Dragon can't see them escaping the area.

While running along the Flame Wall, Azz stubbornly thanks Sabro for the earlier shield save. Sabro accepts it calling what they're currently doing the coolest, but he warns Azz that he's completely exhausted of magic as well. The Carmine Dragon is then able to spot them through the Flame Wall, and proceeds to fire its powerful magic beam at the exhausted duo. However, they're saved by the arrival of Shichiro blocking the attack. Shichiro praises them for their survival efforts, and gets ready to take on the Carmine Dragon himself.

!!!Chapter 84: The Gargoyle Bears His Fangs
Iruma and Azz have a tearful reunion saying sorry to one another. Iruma for his actions putting Azz in danger, and Azz for forgetting about his ambition to be Iruma's spear. Afterwards, Sabro reminds them that they all got to start running due to the fight that's going down between Shichiro and the Carmine Dragon. Shichiro uses his demon biology knowledge to create a large Wooden Dragon from Nigi-Nigi weed in order to take on the Carmine Dragon in a duel between massive dragons. The Wooden Dragon goes about entangling the Carmine Dragon in roots at its weakest points. As for the Carmine Dragon, its fire-breath has no affect on the Wooden Dragon due to it being buffed by Shichiro's powerful mana. Shichiro's Wooden Dragon then lands a fatal bite on the Carmine Dragon's neck; resulting in it finally falling over in defeat.

Shortly after, Shichiro's students reunite with him. The defeat of the Carmine Dragon impresses Azz and Sabro to the point of wanting Shichiro to be their mentor, much to Shichiro's surprise that he now has students who look up to them. The corpse of the Carmine Dragon then begins to act up as if its leftover magic's calling for help. Sure enough, the leftover magic from the defeated Mountain Bull and Panther Rat beasts rise out of their bodies. Their magic flies off, and gets absorbed into the Carmine Dragon; resulting in the dragon transforming into a larger Mutant Demonic Beast that wakes up and stands ready for another fight.

Shichiro orders his students to retreat, which he takes the full blast of the Mutant Demonic Beast's magic beam. However, he's saved by the arrival of Ameri and Opera, who support Shichiro in blocking the magic beam. Thanks to Sullivan dumping a unique smelling perfume on Iruma before heading off to Walter Park, Opera knew how to find Iruma. Opera and Sullivan decide to team up like old times, but Opera remains convinced that they're going to have a rough time against the Mutant Demonic Beast just being the two of them. Thus, he pulls out a summoning seal (the secret weapon Clara made for him), much to Iruma's fear knowing what Opera's planning.

!!!Chapter 85: Last Trick
Iruma uses the seal provided from Opera to summon Kalego in familiar form to their location. Despite Kalego being angry about being in familiar form again, Opera convinces him to combine their efforts with Shichiro so that the three adult demons can take down the Mutant Demonic Beast standing before them. Unsurprisingly, the three high-rank demons go about completely curb-stomping the beast into a quick defeat, much to the stunned shock of Iruma and company.

Still moving through Wlavoas Prison, Wett gets word from Miki watching the park above ground about the defeat of the demonic beasts, which surprises him that the beasts have already lost. Atori questions how they're supposed to complete the plan of destroying Walter Park, but Wett remains convinced that they just got to speed things up on their end. Wett assures Atori that given how the Mutant Demonic Beast was bred from their wicked magic, it has one last trick to destroy the park. Sure enough, the magic within the beast begins to expand and gain power, which Iruma and company realize that the defeated Mutant Demonic Beast is turning itself into a bomb for one final self-destruct explosion.

Iruma and company all jump into a hole made by Picero's My Area ability for shelter from the incoming explosion. However, they notice the head of the Mutant Demonic Beast aiming towards a specific location to shoot its self-destruct magic at; realizing that it's aiming to destroy Walter Park's emergency shelter that the visitors are holed up within. Iruma remains desperate for a plan to save them, but Shichiro makes it clear to him that no matter what, they'll be too late. As the Mutant Demonic Beast is on the verge of firing its self-destruct magic, Ronove steps out and yells at it for hurting his park and people. Thanks to Ronove's Charisma ability, he forces the beast to turn its attention towards Ronove, but he realizes he didn't think things through, and is now about to die. However, Iruma steps in front of him ready to defend Ronove. He calls upon Ali to help, which the ring spirit agrees.

!!!Chapter 86: My Ambition
Iruma's plan is to use his Ring of Gluttony to absorb all the self-destruct magic. Despite being caught off-guard knowing how hard eating all the magic at once will be, Ali assures Iruma that he can do it as long as the boy helps him. Ali reminds Iruma of the time that he first taught Iruma how to imagine magic, and to do the same by imagining Ali in a form that swallows up all the magic. Thinking about all the experiences and fun he had at Walter Park, Iruma pictures a large cat in the form of a parade float with a mouth large enough to eat the Mutant Demonic Beast whole. The cat form Ali then proceeds to swallow up the entire beast, and drains it of all its magic. With the Mutant Demonic Beast finally defeated, Iruma raises his fist in victory acting like he did it all himself so that the others don't find out about Ali's existence.

Everyone is relieved that Iruma survived with the exception of Kalego, who scolds the boy for, once again, throwing himself into a crisis without thinking about the danger. However, Iruma replies that he didn't forget about it since he was indeed feeling fear that the people most precious to him were going to get hurt. As a result, he chose to strengthen his resolve in order to stand before the Mutant Demonic Beast and save everything. He announces to Kalego that this is his ambition, which Opera thinks to himself that he's finally starting to understand why Sullivan chose him.

At that same time within Wlavoas Prison, the prisoner group that teamed up with Kirio is seen having made it up to the 1st floor. Bats notes the oddity that Kirio's missing, which Imp informs him that they got separated during the escape. The prisoner group climbs up a pile of rubble towards the last barred window blocking their way to the outside, but are shocked to realize that the bars are enhanced with magic to the point of repelling them backwards. Thus, keeping them stuck within the prison. Through the barred window, they spot Kirio coming out of a pipe having successfully escaped to the outside. In addition, the Six Fingers are seen waiting for his arrival. The prisoners call out to Kirio for help, but they soon realize they've been betrayed when Wett recounts the orders Baal gave them: to destroy the park, and to only free Kirio; meaning that the escape path the Six Fingers created was only for Kirio. Looking upon Kirio smugly smiling towards the still locked up prisoners, Imp realizes at that point that while the people within the prison were considered bad, Kirio was truly evil.

!!!Chapter 87: Destined Enemy
Bats and the other prisoners are all enraged by Kirio's betrayal, which Atori agrees that setting them all loose would help throw the park into chaos. However, Kirio replies that betraying them at the last second was necessary as he desires to see them all fall to despair as they watch everything fall apart before their very eyes. The sight of the ecstatic Kirio towards the trapped fearful prisoners causes Atori to change his mind; witnessing a wonderful example of a wicked demon who's gone through Return to Origin.

Meanwhile, Iruma and company are now atop a parade float set up by Ronove's father, Rosevelt, and are being cheered at by the park visitors. Rosevelt remains happy and grateful to Iruma and his friends for saving his Walter Park, and helps hype up the crowd alongside his son to make sure that the crowd celebrates the heroes who defended them from the demonic beasts. Catching sight of the celebration from a nearby alleyway is Kirio, who's left amazed that it was Iruma who once more foiled his plan, and believes that this is destiny. Kirio is then contacted by Baal, who despite still wanting the park destroyed orders them to retreat due to the police arriving. Baal is glad to have Kirio back at his side since the latter's warped mind will be necessary for their chaotic ambition, which Kirio agrees with. Before leaving, Kirio takes one last look towards Iruma believing that they will surely meet again since the boy is his destined enemy. Shiida also takes one last look towards Iruma before leaving with the others.

Iruma takes a look towards the dark alley where Kirio and company were believing to have noticed something. However, he's interrupted by Opera giving him back his lost backpack. Iruma finds the note left behind by Sullivan where Iruma promised to have fun with everyone in the park. He then looks towards his friends and teachers. Seeing them all happy and enjoying themselves despite the crisis that happened leaves Iruma believing that he kept his promise.

!!!Chapter 88: With a Sparkle
Sullivan arrives at Walter Park having heard about the crisis, and is relieved to see that Iruma and company are all okay. Afterwards, Rosevelt continues to reward his park's saviors by allowing them to stay within his luxurious Rosevelt Hotel that sits atop a floating rock high above Walter Park. During their stay, Sullivan is glad to hear that Iruma enjoyed his time at the park, which he officially assigns Opera, Kalego, and Shichiro as his permanent bodyguards. Meanwhile, Kalego and Shichiro discuss the culprit behind the attack on the park. They confirm that the attackers were members of the park staff, but no one knows about the Six Fingers appearing due to Wett using a magic that erased the memories of those the Fingers interacted with. Thus, leaving them at a dead end.

Kalego and Shichiro return to their hotel room only to find Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui enjoying themselves playing around the hotel, much to Kalego's annoyance that his park group is still bugging him. Meanwhile, Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta and Kerori continue their all-girls fun having been rewarded to pick out clothes for themselves within the hotel's clothes shop. Later on, Rosevelt provides Iruma and company with a massive dinner buffet. Iruma goes off on his own to the hotel balcony to think about things while looking down at the park below him, which Ameri notices and follows him. However, she starts to blush when she realizes that this is a private romantic event that popped up in "First Love Memories." Ameri approaches Iruma in a hotel dress she picked out, which Iruma compliments that it suits her.

Iruma explains to Ameri that he's thought about their talk about ideals and ambitions, and that he's decided that his ideal is indeed to go about having fun with everyone. Thus, making that his ambition. However, he knows that he needs to continue changing in order to achieve his ambition of protecting said ideal, which he confidently asks Ameri to watch him. The sight of a confident Iruma impresses Ameri into believing that he's continued to become stronger. Ameri decides to follow one of her own ideals and is about to ask Iruma out on a date between just the two of them, but is interrupted by Azz and Clara wanting Iruma to return to the dinner buffet. Before going back, Iruma catches Ameri off-guard by finishing what she began to say, and asks if they can go somewhere just the two of them, which excites her to the point of knocking her out.

Following dinner, Iruma returns to his hotel room to get some sleep only to see on the television that Sullivan and Rosevelt are announcing on the news of how Iruma and his friends are the heroes who saved Walter Park. Thus, leaving Iruma fearing for the worst that he's been made more famous despite his desire to stay out of the limelight.
----

[[folder:'''Long Walter Park Summary''']]
The story starts with a recap of a Demon King who was once too busy to the point of building up a lot of stress. The result was the built up stress all bursting out uncontrollably. The Demon King went on a rampage of destruction for 30 days, and devastated everything within reach. Overall, this became known as the origin of the long stress-relieving vacation.
\\\
In the present, Iruma is seen in his bedroom rolling around on the floor with Ali not knowing what to do for his vacation. Ali points out that there was always something fun going on at school, which Iruma agrees that such a thought is what makes his current predicament kind of sad. Iruma happily thinks over his past experiences of how he originally didn't want to go to school, but has now reached a point where he's come around to liking it. Ali takes the form of Clara suggesting that Iruma should go spend some time with Azz and Clara during the break, but Iruma doesn't agree with not wanting to intrude on their vacations. However, he suddenly hears the doorbell ringing. Iruma goes to the front door, and is surprised to find Azz and Clara visiting him in the morning. Seeing that they might be bothering Iruma, Azz asks if they came at a bad time having not called ahead. However, Iruma isn't bothered and tells them to enter.
\\\
The 3 of them gather in Iruma's bedroom. Clara plays on Iruma's giant bed while Azz looks around amazed given that this is the first time he's been in Iruma's room. Iruma doesn't know what to do having never invited friends to his room, which Azz replies that there's indeed a reason that Clara and him are visiting. As Azz prepares to pull something out, Clara asks if Iruma is ready for this. Azz then shows off a large park guide sheet as they both state that they want to go to Walter Park with Iruma. Grabbing hold of the guide sheet, Iruma excitedly asks if what they're referring to is the amusement park, which Azz replies is indeed the case. Azz states that he and Clara caught on that Iruma was looking forward to going to an amusement park the most. Clara adds in that they want to plan a fun trip with Iruma, which the excited Iruma thanks them in return.
\\\
As the 3 of them look over the guide, Azz suggests that they should come up with the perfect day plan to experience many rides and restaurants. Clara agrees, and mentions that she's asked everyone else to come as well, which confuses Iruma and Azz. Suddenly, the doorbell rings once more. Iruma opens the front door, and is greeted by his other Abnormal classmates, much to Iruma's surprise. The Abnormal students look around in amazement, which Lied mentions that they've heard of how huge Iruma's home actually is. Lied then gives the thumbs up claiming that they're here to go to Walter Park together. Iruma doesn't mind, but an angry Azz is seen pulling at Clara's face not liking that she did something so unnecessary by asking the rest of the Abnormal students to join them.
\\\
The Abnormal students all join in helping come up with the day plan, much to Iruma's despair. Jazz mentions that the Scream-coaster and Tunnel to Hell rides are must-sees while Elizabetta suggests that they watch the parade. Goemon adds in that the parade starts at 11:00, so they should find good viewing spots at 10:30. Meanwhile, Sabro's attention is brought to a park area called the Demon King's Palace. Sullivan and Opera are seen observing Iruma and the Abnormal students, which Sullivan cries happy tears at the wonderful sight of his grandson having such capable friends. Opera mentions that he's also happy by the sight, which leaves Iruma confused as to how long they've been there. However, Iruma happily agrees with them as he returns to planning out his day at the park. As they discuss, Iruma notices the oddity that everyone is still in their school uniforms, which Jazz states that they had to look nice being in Chairman Sullivan's home. Meanwhile, Opera is seen providing them all drinks.
\\\
After the Abnormal students all leave, Sullivan helps Iruma prepare a bag for the trip to the amusement park. The two of them end up stuffing a large bag full of tools and food that goes above Sullivan's head. However, Opera is unamused noting that Iruma would never be able to carry such a heavy bag of luggage. In return, Sullivan cries out that this is necessary given that this is Iruma's first time going somewhere that isn't school. Given that it's only a 2 hour drive to the amusement park, Opera assures Sullivan that everything will be fine. That Opera will be the one who drives Iruma to the park, and pick the boy up when the day is over. Still worried, Sullivan clutches his grandson's hands, and orders Iruma to call up grandpa if anything happens. He asks for Iruma to keep this promise, and that he will be sending people to escort Iruma. The last part leaving Iruma confused as to what Sullivan meant by escorts. In return, Sullivan proudly states that the people escorting are very good at their job.
\\\
The next day, Iruma, Azz, and Clara are seen arriving at the large closed gate into Walter Park that's covered in dark clouds. The sight leaves Iruma amazed as he's greeted by the other Abnormal students who've been waiting for their arrival. Iruma's left surprised by how early everyone got here, and that he's actually seeing everyone in normal clothes for once. Lied agrees given that they're all excited. He also informs Iruma that amongst the Abnormal students, Schneider couldn't make it as he has to attend an Academic Conference with teacher Furcas. Jazz then points Iruma to another location, and sees an excited Opera, Shichiro Balam, and irritated Kalego on standby. Kalego complains not understanding why he's here, which Shichiro answers that it's an order from the principal. Shichiro then mentions that this could end up being fun, but Kalego remains unconvinced. Opera then interrupts asking if Kalego is still bad with crowds, and assures his junior that he and Shichiro will surely help him with this flaw. In return, Kalego wants nothing to do with this since he hates going anywhere with Opera.
\\\
Iruma watches on realizing that these 3 adults are the escorts that Sullivan told him about. He watches Opera and Kalego continuing to go at it with the former asking if Kalego's shy while the latter quickly refuses. Meanwhile, Shichiro is seen getting along with the Abnormal students with Lied mentioning that he's changed how he views said teacher. However, Shichiro becomes confused when Elizabetta points out that he still comes off scary. A person behind Iruma then calls for him. Iruma turns around, and sees that it's Ameri in casual clothing. Iruma is happy to see that Ameri could make it, but an irritated Ameri yells at him asking why it's not just the two of them like he originally told her. As she continues to ask why there's all these other people, Iruma is left confused by the statement having never said that it was just going to be the two of them. Ameri looks back at her phone text realizing that it's true Iruma never said such a thing. However, thinking back to her trying on clothes for the day with Iruma, she still remains disappointed that she got all excited for something that turned out to not be a date.
\\\
Eventually, an announcement from a toy bird is heard singing a tune for Walter Park to rise and shine. Sure enough Iruma's company, and all the visiting demons, start getting excited as the dark clouds covering the park disperse, and the large doors of the park entrance begin to open. Beyond the entrance, the workers all go about providing them a greeting in song welcoming them to Walter Park. Singing that along with the visitors having fun in the park, it's the workers' job to make them merry. They ask for everyone to come and enter the happiest place in hell, which Iruma happily charges forward along with the rest of his group.
\\\
Shortly after, the Abnormal class are all seen looking at the park guide. They all state their main interests of coming to the park, such as going on the Scream-coaster, visit the rest areas, get food, go shopping, or visit the Demon King's castle. One mentions that the waiting time for the castle is going to be horrible while another mentions that they should just all go wherever they like. The Abnormal students all begin to head off, but are instantly stopped by their escorts: Opera, Shichiro and Kalego. Kalego states that they have to have a chaperone should the group start splitting up and going off on their own. Lied complains asking why they can't go and do whatever they like, but Shichrio makes it clear that he can't. Shichiro offers the idea of splitting up into 3 groups given that they got 3 adults to act as chaperones, which Clara then offers to make it more interesting by turning it into a competition.
\\\
Iruma asks what she means by that, which Clara explains the rule that the winner will be the group that has the most fun in the park. Jazz likes the idea, and adds in that they can meet up as a group at the end to find out which team had the most fun. Opera also joins in stating that he will ask Sullivan to act as the judge. Lied also provides his input claiming that the winning team should be treated to a meal from the teachers, which angers Kalego calling them a bunch of idiots for already deciding something without thinking it over first. However, Shichiro and Opera talk is over claiming that it should be fine in the end since the overall goal is to just have fun. Opera adds in that this is a time they should be giving the kids some leeways, which irritates Kalego being the odd man out as the only unreasonable person. In the end, Kalego is forced to go along with it, and agrees to provide a reward should his team win. He then yells at his students that the losing team will have their homework for post-apocalypse day doubled, which scares Iruma, Goemon, Lied, and Jazz. As the students go about calling Kalego the worst, Ameri asks Elizabetta if said teacher is always like this, which she agrees is indeed the case.
\\\
Opera then announces that they should decide the teams with a lottery, and holds up a bucket of sticks for each student to pick one. After drawing straws, the 3 teams are established. Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero are set as Shichiro's group. Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta, and Kerori are set up as Opera's group. Ameri shown to be disappointed that she's not grouped with Iruma. Finally, Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui are set as Kalego's group. The last of which are all fearing for the worst. Lied grabs hold of Jazz's shoulder in comfort, which Jazz already understands what he's getting at. Kalego watches in disbelief as all his group's students break out into tears. Lied slams the group claiming they've already lost. Jazz questions how they're supposed to have fun when the Emperor of Darkness is accompanying them. Goemon begs to join the others, and Kamui complains that his group is nothing but a sausage fest. Kalego then warns them that their homework will instead be tripled should they lose, which they all change their tune claiming that they were kidding, and that Kalego is the best.
\\\
Meanwhile for the other two groups, Shichiro watches Kalego's group from afar believing that they appear to be getting along, which Iruma goes along with. Clara then claps hands with Ameri happy that they're having another girls-only party. With everything now set, Opera makes the announcement to begin as the 3 groups all set off to have fun in Walter Park. Opera's group appears to go towards the park's shopping area as Ameri remains pouting that she ended up in a different group than Iruma. Clara then points out how Ameri looks cute in casual clothes, which takes her by surprise. Opera agrees finding that the clothes suit her well, which Kerori adds that the president would look better in a one-piece dress. Along with Elizabetta, they all push Ameri along to buy her a one-piece dress, muich to her confusion.
\\\
Kalego's group is seen near a park coaster, which Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui hold a private conversation regarding what to do. Kamui suggests that they should just do whatever given that they've already lost, but Kalego notices them whispering and calls out to them. Fearing for their lives, Lied and company all start acting serious claiming that they're going to have fun no matter what. Meanwhile for Shichiro's group, Azz and Sabro are seen arguing about what to do first. Sabro wants to see the Demon King's castle first while Azz refuses until they've consulted with Iruma first. However, the excited Iruma has his attention on the performers showing off in the streets. Iruma notices a crowd nearby wondering if people are gathering for something fun that he's never seen before only to be surprised by the sight of Ronove showing off his charisma from a VIP parade float. Iruma ends up feeling like he's experiencing déjà vu while Azz remains confused as to why Ronove's here.
\\\
Ronove steps off the float, and greets Iruma and Azz as peasants that he hasn't seen for a while. Though he calls Iruma as Illuminati trying to remember him, which Iruma instantly corrects him. Sabro and Picero remain confused as to who Ronove is, which Shichiro explains the event where he was a student council president candidate that lost against Ameri. Iruma asks Ronove why the latter was a part of the parade, which he proudly reveals that this place is his sanctuary. That Walter Park was built for him by his father. Iruma is left amazed by the reveal finding it unbelievable, which Ronove replies that it's a given being the heir of a distinguished family. Ronove's talk is then interrupted by a demon behind him patting his back to remind Ronove that he's on inspection. This demon then asks if Iruma is a friend of master Ronove, which Iruma sorta answers that he is. As Ronove struggles in the background having been touched by a man, the demon who touched him is Huetoto, a member of Walter Park's staff, and appears to be a subordinate of Ronove.
\\\
Huetoto explains that he's been given a job by the park owner to guide Ronove while the latter goes around inspecting the park as it turns out that Ronove wants to build his own amusement park on the Babyls campus one day. However, he points out his struggles keeping an eye on Ronove, because he immediately goes off on his own towards whatever catches his attention, such as needing to shop everywhere, or joining the parade without permission. In return, Iruma and Azz show a bit of pity to Huetoto figuring that watching Ronove must be tiresome. Ronove tries to defend himself proudly claiming that he should be allowed to enjoy his garden as he pleases, which Huetoto reminds him once more that he's on inspection. However, this gives Shichiro an idea. Shichiro goes about explaining to Ronove the fun competition going on between the 3 Abnormal class groups, which he admits that the contest sounds really interesting. He announces that Iruma's group can depend on the great him while showing off a key-ring with VIP on it. Ronove claims that he will guide them to his most special areas. A hyper secret dangerous tour of areas where only those chosen by [=VIPs=], such as himself, can go.
\\\
The announcement scares Huetoto hoping that Ronove isn't talking about the basement, and orders him not to take them there. Iruma asks what the basement is, which Ronove points to the overall park. Ronove explains that above ground is an amusement park filled with many attractions. However, running such attractions requires a lot of magic to the point that the area beneath the park, the basement, makes up the power source. Iruma asks what he means by power source, which Ronove answer is prisoners. That beneath Walter Park is a giant fortress prison filled with the most delightful demons. However, Huetoto cries out correcting Ronove that the prisoners consist of weird and dangerous demons. Iruma is left thinking over the prison reveal while the rest of his group remains silent. Meanwhile within the prison, Kirio Amy is seen in handcuffs. Kirio looks up, and says to himself that the park seems to be more rowdy than usual today.
\\\
The story has a bit of a recap explaining how Iruma and company are spending the start of their summer break rushing into the amusement park, Walter Park. Iruma and company were then divided into 3 groups led by Opera, Shichiro, and Kalego. Opera gets Clara, Ameri, Elizabetta and Kerori. Shichiro gets Iruma, Azz, Sabro, and Picero. And Kalego gets Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon. They go about competing to see who can have the most fun at the amusement park.
\\\
Opera's group are seen clothes shopping at Katherine Shop within the Walter Park's shopping mall, which Ameri is seen trying on clothing. Ameri shows off the clothes she's trying on, which excites Elizabetta finding her looking cute while the jealous Kerori is forced to admit that Ameri's got style. The shop workers claim that the clothing suits Ameri well as Elizabetta continues to praise her calling Ameri lovely. The result is Ameri looking over her clothing questioning if they're right about this. She remains unconvinced by the skirt claiming that she could fall over if an enemy ambushes her, which Elizabetta and Kerori sorta agree, but are in disbelief that Ameri is going about girl shopping all wrong.
\\\
Clara then calls for their attention as she shows off the mermaid dress she's trying on. She asks if she now looks like a mermaid, which Elizabetta sorta agrees other than the fact that Clara has no mermaid tail. The worried Kerori also warns Clara to not go about dragging the dress around. The main female worker of Katherine Shop is fine with it, but notices that Clara is wearing a dress too big for her. The worker calls for her assistant, Hugh, who then proceeds to take Clara's measurements. While measuring, Hugh explains that measurements of a body are infinite. That the material, color, and length of the clothing differs person to person. Hugh also notes that knowing your own size is the biggest shortcut to raising one's appeal.
\\\
Eventually, Clara is given a beautiful flower dress that better fits her. The impressed Clara calls Hugh amazing while Ameri and Elizabetta are also impressed. Opera apologizes for his group's actions, but Hugh is fine with it given how natural it is for people to want to know their size. The main female worker agrees claiming that they're just doing their Walter Park staff jobs acting out their roles as the park visitors' playmates whereever and whenever. The two staff members pose while making those claims, which leaves Clara impressed. Clara suggests that their group should also pose, and take a picture. Elizabetta agrees with the idea, and that they should send it to everyone while Ameri is embarrassed doing it in her current clothing. Hugh goes along with it suggesting them to pick out a spot in the store, and go with whatever pose they desire.
\\\
Switching over to Kalego's group, Lied gets sent the image of Opera's group posing and having fun in Katherine Shop. Lied, Jazz, Kamui and Goemon are left jealous seeing Opera's group having fun, which they all begin to freak out realizing that they're definitely going to lose to them. They quickly race around trying out colorful food, ice cream, playing with balloons and animal ear headbands in an attempt to show that they're also having fun. However, Kalego is given all of such items and is left completely unamused. Lied and Jazz fall over in despair finding this hopeless and not fun at all, which Kalego warns them that they better watch out once the day is over. Trying to make a good image to send everyone, Lied figures that they definitely look like they're leaving some sort of impact, but Goemon adds that they need to be showing more playful emotions.
\\\
The group is then greeted by two thuggish looking demons (one wearing a helmet, and a skeleton wearing a hat) asking if they got cash, which freaks out Lied and company realizing they've gotten involved in something terrible. They turn to Kalego believing that the teacher will protect them, but Kalego smugly points out that his hands are currently full given all the "goodies" his team provided him, much to his students' despair. However the helmet thug is left confused by their reaction pointing out that they're not trying to extort their money. He points them in the direction of shooting prize targets stall, and explains that they need opponents to play target practice with. The helmet thug also suggests that the one who hits the most prize targets is the winner, and that said winner wins the items that the loser shot as well.
\\\
Kalego's group finally get excited towards something, which Jazz proceeds to activate his Pit bloodline ability in order to see the path for the shots he must take. He orders Goemon to aim straight at the target after tilting to the right 60-degrees, which Goemon takes the shot. However, the skeleton thug gets in the way to block the shot, much to the annoyance and complaining of Kalego's students that they're playing dirty by interfering. However, the helmet thug points out that they never claimed sabotaging wasn't allowed, and that they're going with the strategy "No Touching the Prizes," much to Jazz and company's anger. They agree to go about sabotaging as well and order Kamui to go in, much to the latter's fear. Meanwhile, Kalego is seen not paying attention having no interest in watching the shooting duel that's going on.
\\\
Eventually, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui are able to take a picture of them all happily posing and having fun with the two thugs that challenged them to the shooting game. Jazz is satisfied that they finally have a picture looking like they're having fun, which Lied thanks the helmet thug for helping them. However, the helmet thug starts laughing, and states that this is a given. Surprising the students, he and the skeleton thug reveal themselves to be members of Walter Staff, and that it's their duty to be the visitors playmates whereever and whenever. Lied notes how surprising this is given that they don't look like staff members while Goemon adds that their staff pose was flawless. In return, the helmet worker laughs that that did their job well not given away that they're park staff. Jazz then suggests for them to take a new picture of the staff posing with them as well, but his phone dings seeing that Shichiro's group is now sending over their pictures. They see pictures, such as Iruma having fun on the merry-go-round and spinning cup rides, which shocks Jazz and company that Shichiro's group is sending over lots of pictures of their group having fun.
\\\
The helmet staff member comes over wondering what's up, which Jazz begs him to recommend any other places they can have fun, or else their group will lose. Lied joins in pulling out the park map, and asks if there's any places or a hidden gem that no other group has been to. Noticing a dark place called Kararagi Street on the map, Lied asks it, which the helmet staff member doesn't seem convinced. Kalego then finally steps in ordering the group to not go there. The teacher explains how Walter Park was originally built as a place for demons to vent out their stress when they're going through their wicked phase. As a result, Kararagi Street is a backstreet left over from those times, and is now a place where demons with bad reputations reside. That even today, it's still a place where these demons do shady and illegal businesses. Kalego leaves off with a final warning ordering them to not go there if they don't want their wings clipped off, but Jazz and Lied are unable to take it seriously seeing the flower left behind in Kalego's hair. As Kalego goes about torturing Jazz and Lied for the comment, Kamui looks to his phone still surprised that Shichiro's group is still sending pictures.
\\\
Switching over to Shichiro's group, Iruma and Ronove are seen happily dancing down a Walter Park street. The two of them go about having fun on many different rides as Huetoto struggles to keep up not being able to understand how Iruma and Ronove have such incredible stamina to keep going. Meanwhile, Azz and Sabro remain on standby watching Iruma go around having fun. Azz being the one taking all the pictures of Iruma's park adventure. However, they're also perfectly satisfied with the situation. Sabro is just happy to see his rival, Iruma, really energetic while Azz is the only focused on making sure that Iruma's having fun, much to Huetoto's confusion. Huetoto then turns to Shichiro ordering the teacher to escort them properly, but is left annoyed that Shichiro seems to be perfectly fine with this, and is just petting the entertainer that Picero is resting on.
\\\
While continuing their park adventure, Ronove points out to Iruma that the latter isn't bad being able to keep up with the former. The excited Iruma states that he's having a hard time deciding what to do next given that the park is full of so many interesting things. Meanwhile, Ronove yells out a reminder to the group to not get separated. Overall, Iruma is completely happy finding going to an amusement park so fun and interesting, and deems it the best. Jumping ahead however, Iruma is suddenly shown to be in Kararagi Street; having gotten himself separated from the group. Due to how dark and dangerous the place looks, Iruma sweats in fear realizing he screwed up, but figures he doesn't have to worry since he's got his phone to call for help. However, the phone turns out to be completely out of energy. As a result, Iruma begins to cry realizing that he's become a lost child.
\\\
Back to Shichiro's group, A nervous Huetoto is seen holding up the park map for Azz and Sabro. The two are currently arguing trying to point out the best path to take to reach the Demon King's castle. Ronove then returns to the group ready to play on the next ride, but Shichiro notices right away something is off asking where Iruma's at. As a result, Shichiro, Azz, Sabro and Huetoto are all left shocked in disbelief realizing that they've lost Iruma.
\\\
Meanwhile on Kararagi Street, Iruma continues to freak out not knowing what to do. Ali finally pops out of the ring angry at Iruma for his continued confusion, but just the sight of Ali being with him brightens the latter up. Ali orders Iruma to shut up, and get a handle on the situation so that they can hurry up and leave. Before Iruma could reply back, a small questionable looking demon appears behind him. The demon notices that the Iruma seems to have lost his way, and starts to pull the boy along claiming that there's someone down the road looking for their friend. Interested at first believing it to be his friends, Iruma starts to question it when the demon starts to pull him towards a dark alleyway. Iruma tries to pull himself back knowing from experience that this is not a good thing, but the demon doesn't let go claiming that it's okay. He continues trying to escape from the demon, which Iruma is suddenly caught off-guard by something soft now touching him. Sure enough, he's now in the arm of a tall female demon protecting him from the questionable demon.
\\\
The female demon grabs hold of the questionable demon's hand, and crushes it asking what the demon was about to do to her brother. Afraid for his life, the questionable demon instead chooses to run away. Iruma apologizes to the female demon for causing the mess, but she ignores it, and pulls him along. She leads him out of Kararagi Street back into the bright safeness of Walter Park much to Iruma's relief, but becomes silent again seeing the female demon staring at him. She scolds Iruma for going down an extremely dangerous road where he clearly won't be having any fun, which Iruma quickly apologizes for. She then points Iruma in the direction of the lost child center. In return, Iruma thanks her for the information and starts walking on his own. Though the female demon notices that he's now down in the dumps after what he just experienced.
\\\
As Iruma walks towards the lost child center, he thinks over how he wasn't paying attention due to being excited over his first time experiencing an amusement park. That it's going to be a bother to everyone the moment they hear that he got himself lost. He remains worried about not being able to create good memories with everyone, but is suddenly greeted by the female demon offering him a tall five scoop cone of ice cream. Iruma is caught off-guard asking why she returned, which she claims that it's beause she bought the wrong ice cream; leaving Iruma even more confused. Handing the ice cream over, she gives Iruma another scolding that he might lose his way again on the way to the lost child center. Iruma is left crying knowing that she's probably right about that, which surprises the female demon when she witnesses Iruma suddenly disappear. Looking around, she sees Iruma now having fun on a riding attraction sitting on top of a demon critter that looks like a sheep.
\\\
Walking up to Iruma riding on the sheep, the female demon asks if Iruma is happy. He answers yes, and then asks her why she doesn't appear to have the desire to have fun. In return, she answers that it's because the animals will run away from her if she tries to touch them as she makes a frightening pose freaking out the attraction's sheep. Remembering something he learned from Shichiro, Iruma informs the female demon that due to animals being scared if you touch them from above, there's a trick to not scare them if you touch the animals from below. Using Iruma's instructions, she sticks her hand out for a small bird to walk onto it, which it does so. She then beomes confused when more birds arrive, and cover up her body. Eventually, Iruma and the female demon pose for a picture at the riding attraction alongside the birds to show that they're having fun. Looking at their photo, the female demon notes that this is the first time she's ever taken a picture with animals, which Iruma admits is a nice picture.
\\\
Iruma then begins to head off to return to walking towards the lost child center, but after walking a few steps, he realizes his mistake, and apologizes to the female demon since they're supposed to be going together. Pointing at the sky, the female demon explains that it will be easier to see where to go if they get a good view from high up. Shortly after, Iruma and the female demon are now riding up on a ferris wheel, which excites Iruma having never been on one before. The female demon warns Iruma that their cabin is going to rotate like crazy once they've reached the top, which scares him. Iruma then procceds to thank the female demon. Not just for the fact that she helped him when he got lost, but because her continued help has made him glad to have come to Walter Park. In return, the female demon gives Iruma a head glad to hear it. She then does the hand-under-animal motion putting her hand under Iruma's chin, which Iruma assures her that she doesn't need to do that for him. At this point, Iruma catches a glimpse of the Shichiro group down below looking for him.
\\\
Getting off the ferris wheel, Iruma returns to the Shichiro group, which Azz is seen sweating having been searching around hard. Azz tries tears of joy apologizing that they lost Iruma as he and Shichiro are glad that he's safe and sound. Sabro notices that Iruma is looking somewhat dizzy, which Iruma answers is due to the crazy rotation part of the ferris wheel. As Shichiro tells Sabro to contact everyone that Iruma is okay, Iruma explains that it was thanks to a kind sister demon that helped him out when he got lost. As Iruma turns to introduce her however, she's nowhere to be seen. Sabro and Azz remain confused, which Iruma assures them that she was just with him. In return, Sabro questions if Iruma is hallucinating, and Azz worries that Iruma ate something bad, but Iruma replies it's none of those. Nearby, the female demon is seen walking away from Iruma's group.
\\\
The female demon arrives at a backstage area for the park staff, which a worker sees that Shiida, the name of the female demon, is finally back. The worker warns Shiida not to leave her position explaining that they still got a role to play even though they're just backstage workers, which Shiida accepts. Shiida then takes out the picture she took with Iruma at the riding attraction, and smiles stating that this is what they do as Walter Park's staff.
\\\
Within the Walter Park prison, the story introduces Imp Rocky, a demon said to be famous back in his hometown, but ended up getting arrested. He thinks over the blunder he made when he was caught tresspassing in an area over-hunting rare herbs, and that he was caught because he came down with some sort of sickness. Imp ended up being sentenced to 15 years in prison. As he looks around the Walter Park prison, Imp is still unable to believe that of all places, he ended up getting detained here. A guard high up hanging from the ceiling is seen happily yelling at the prisoners to begin work. The story next goes about describing Wlavoas Prison, the underground fortress doubling as a prison that resides beneath Walter Park. Wlavoas Prison is said to house around 1,600 inmates, and that the park staff also serve as guards. The duty of the prisoners is to provide labor as well as their magic. The latter of which gets sent up to Walter Park to power its attractions. An example is seen of an inmate arriving at the machine that sucks out their magic power, and is then sent up through a pipe up to Walter Park.
\\\
Returning to the present, Imp is seen with several other inmates at the machine to have his magic power sucked, and is getting angry hearing all the cheers and laughter going on above in the park. He's also come to realize that this developing anger and hatred is what powers up the magic fuel within himself; causing a vicious neverending cycle of creating magic power through hate, which is then sent up to Walter Park. One of Imps fellow inmates points out that that there's an oddball amongst them who actually volunteered to have their power drained. That oddball being Kirio, who doesn't know what to say about being called an oddball. As it turns out Kirio has been sentenced to serve up to 2 years in prison for his actions at Babyls Demon School. Imp is shocked to hear that Kirio actually wants to let the machine drain his magic power, which Kirio feels ecstatic explaining that he enjoys hearing the laughter of the park visitors. He tries to add that it makes his heart feel at ease, but Kirio's weak constitution kicks in causing him to spurt blood, which Imp remains unconvinced that Kirio's body is at ease.
\\\
A guard notices Kirio falling over unable to provide any more magic power, which Kirio begs someone to take him to the sick bay. The result is a large prisoner demon named Bats making his way over to pick up Kirio. Bats is said to have a prison term of up to 45 years. Not only does he pick up Kirio, Bats also picks up Imp, much to the latter's confusion. However, it's not the sick bay that Bats heads towards. Bats instead brings Kirio and Imp to another room that's a gathering of most wicked demon prisoners who were charged with the absolute worst. Amongst these wicked demons is Dlingar (95 years), Ginguk (111 years), Lord Lumero (153 years), Balgio (162 years), Selaguts (185 years), Smatethlede (255 years), and Dododo (380 years). Imp fears for his life knowing the horrible situation he's in, and is especially afraid of Dododo given the prison term. He continues to freak out believing that this group of prisoners have decided to make him and Kirio their punching bags. However, he becomes confused when he sees Bats start to poke at Kirio asking if the latter is okay.
\\\
Lumero notices that Kirio is coughing up blood again, which Bats calls for Dododo to help out. Dododo agrees to it, and picks up Kirio to begin waving his hand in front of Kirio's face to give him some air. Lumero points out that this has become a normal thing compared to how it used to be, which Balgio agrees that the first time was hard for Kirio since Dododo trying to wave always hit Kirio in the face. Meanwhile, Bats calls over the still confused Imp to sit with him. Walking over, Imp asks worriedly if he's about to become a punching bag, but Bats assures him that the reason he was brought along was because they have something to talk about. As the other prisoners all begin to sit down with them, Lumero points out that the place they're at is perfect for secret meetings since the guards never come here. Bats then gets excited claiming that Imp is lucky being the new guy that arrived right before the start of their plan. Imp asks what he means by plan, which Bats answers that there's no plan more obvious when one is within a prison: a plan to escape.
\\\
Imp yells out in shock hearing that the prisoners are planning an escape, much to the annoyance of the othe prisoners warning Imp to keep is voice down so the guards don't hear. He then asks how they're planning to do it, which Bats explains that they got someone above in the park ready to help them out. He figures that Imp must have already heard of the name "The Six Fingers;" also known as the group which have done every evil. Imp is once again on the verge of freaking out, but is quickly told by the prisoners to shut it. He asks if they really are referring to the most famous group of primal demons having heard that their "Fall of Demon Bridge" and "War of the Valley" stories are quite amazing, which Bats replies that it's been decided that the Six Fingers' next target is Walter Park. Bats turns his attention to Kirio asking if this is indeed the case, which Kirio states it is.
\\\
Holding Kirio's shoulder as if they're buddy-buddy, Bats points out that Kirio's the one who's got contact with the Six Fingers, which Imp asks if this means that Kirio is one of them. In return, Kirio explains that he's not one of the Fingers, but happens to be an acquaintance of theirs. He further explains that Imp won't miss out on the escape as long as he helps out with the Six Fingers' festival, which Bats gets excited adding in that all the prisoners they've gathered for this meeting have all agreed to go along with said festival pan. Imp remains confused about what the festival is. In return, Bat asks if Imp recalls what he went through sending his magic power into the machine that fuels Walter Park. In actuality, they've secretly been sending their magic power up towards specific locations in the park that were arranged by the Six Fingers. Bats reveals that while he doesn't know how the festival will be done specifically, the overall goal of the Six Fingers is to use the magic power provided by the prisoners to destroy Walter Park.
\\\
The thought of Walter Park being destroyed excites Imp, which Balgio adds in that they've also come up with an escape route the moment the festival starts. Bats then gives Imp a warning that the reason the latter's being given a heads up is beacause the plan might fail if someone's acting suspicious. Imp remains excited asking Kirio when the festival is going down only to be suprised when he's told that it's happening today. Bats and the rest of the prisoners then all get excited claiming that today's the day that Walter Park will be engulfed in flames, which will be the perfect opportunity for them to escape. The sight of all the excited wicked demons scares Imp as he sees Kirio finally showing his wicked side as well. Kirio points out that what's about to happen is revenge by destroying, and that the time has finally come for laughter to become screams of despair. Smiling ecstatically, Kirio thinks about the despair while claiming that it makes him extremely happy. Meanwhile within Walter Park, Iruma remains on the phone trying to calm down Ameri, who was worried after hearing that Iruma got himself lost. Overall, Iruma remains happy not knowing that disaster is about to hit Walter Park.
\\\
Iruma's phone calls to the other groups are seen where Ameri scolds Iruma as a little kid that's too relaxed while Lied laughs it off glad that Iruma's safe. Lied asks if everything's okay now, which an embarrassed Iruma reveals that he's now dressed up as a dinosaur monster entertainer for a group of young kids acting like they're the Six Fingers. Ronove and the rest of Shichiro's group watches Iruma perform, which Ronove claims to be a pleasant punishment for Iruma while Azz is annoyed that the kids appear to be attacking Iruma. However, Shichiro tries to calm Azz down given that this was something Iruma agreed to. The kids also go about having fun on Picero enjoying the cloud he sleeps on, much to Picero's annoyance. Huetoto tries to calm the kids down asking them to play safe, but one of the kids start hitting him as well. Iruma asks who the Six Fingers are, which Azz explains is a famous criminal group who've committed countless evil deeds. That the Six Fingers consist of villains that "Returned to the Originator."
\\\
Meanwhile, Picero is seen complaining about the kids hitting the spot over his eyes. Ronove then proceeds to pull off Picero's eye mask wanting to see if the latter is hiding a monkey face, but is shocked to see that Picero actually has a pretty boy face, which surprises Iruma as well. As Picero complains about the brightness, Shichiro's group all remain in disbelief at how dazzling Picero looks without the eye cover. Ronove then proceeds to shove a paper bag over Picero's head complaining that Picero's flashy aura is overlapping with his own, but Huetoto, Azz, and Sabro all remain unamused claiming that it's not. Huetoto adds in that it shouldn't matter since Ronove appears to be fine with Azz and Sabro looking like fine men, but Ronove complains that Picero is a different kind of beauty. He points at Picero's face pointing out his big and beautiful eyes, long eyelashes, and long curly hair to the point that he's got a glowing aura about him. Meanwhile, Picero covers his ears hating how loud Ronove is being. Ronove then pulls Picero along wanting to change the latter this very moment much to everyone's confusion. He continues on claiming that he will be sure to transform Picero into a wild beauty, but Picero complains that he just wants to go back to sleep.
\\\
Picero is last heard yelling for the group to save him as Shichiro points out that they're all being so lively. Huetoto then asks for Shichiro to look after everyone for a bit, including Ronove, as he has to provide his report back at headquarters, which Shichiro agrees to. They wave each other goodbye as Huetoto heads off. Huetoto makes his way to the park's backstage where he's greeted by a fellow worker praising Huetoto for a job well done. The worker figures that Huetoto must have had a rough time dealing with Ronove, which Huetoto agrees it was. Said worker continues his praise that the latest hires they've gotten are all proving to be impressive, popular, and are learning the ropes quickly. However, he points out that Huetoto seems ordinary compared to them, which Huetoto calls him cruel for calling him that. The worker notes that due to the jail chiefs all being on vacation, there's been a lot of work to do in that department, and tells Huetoto that they should continue giving it their best before heading back to work.
\\\
Huetoto is left on his own, but Shiida is seen nearby having been watching their conversation. He asks her how the plans are going, which she answers that it's going perfectly, and that they're just waiting on Wett's orders at this point. Huetoto smiles at her as the two of them make their way to a rooftop. Huetoto asks if this is the location of "F-15," which Shiida provides him a walkie talkie stating that it's connected. Huetoto is revealed to be Wett as he makes the announcement over the walkie talkie to start the plan. That from this moment onwards, they are no longer Walter Staff. He orders his subordinates to begin the attack on Walter Park as the Six Fingers. Thus, revealing that Wett and Shiida are two of the Fingers. The other four Fingers on the other side of the walkie talkie are revealed to be the two staff that helped Opera's group with shopping, and the two staff that had fun with Kalego's group, which they all accept brother Wett's order.
\\\
The two thug Fingers that helped Kalego's group are Atori (Sixth Finger) and Maemaro (Six Finger). Atori points out how tired he was of waiting for the order, which Maemaro gets excited that it's finally time. In return, Wett (First Finger) states that he got caught up having to look after young master Ronove. One of the Fingers jokes that Wett is too easy to play with given that he took on the role of a gofer, which Wett replies that it was a result of getting along too well with the other staff. The two shopping staff that helped Opera's group are Hyudarin (Third Finger) and Miki (Fourth Finger). Miki points out that they did their job well too, which Hyudarin admits that their job was quite interesting. Wett then makes the announcement that this all ends today claiming that their concealment was all for today's sake. Meanwhile, Shiida (Second Finger) watches Wett give his speech.
\\\
Wett goes over their work that they've memorized all the maps of the park's upstairs and downstairs. In addition, this is their best chance to strike knowing that all the managers are away. Stating that all the preparations are in place, Wett announces that they have the chance to cause massive chaos, and that their goal is to release all the prisoners locked up in Walter Park's underground jail. Wett then holds up an egg-shaped object, which two similar objects are seen behind help up by Maemaro and Hyudarin on their ends. He announces that as the Six Fingers, they are the ones who spread chaos. Wett states that while their daily lives working as staff were very fun, it's now time to destroy it completely. He then drops the egg object off the roof.
\\\
As the Opera, Kalego, and Shichiro groups are all shown having fun, Wett's egg object is seen hitting the ground. A massive explosion occurs that destorys a large section of the park; catching everyone by surprise. Shichiro's group are all seen making their way out of the rubble, which Shichiro checks everyone hoping they're all okay. Iruma then looks up, and is stunned to see a massive dragon-looking monster coming out of the explosion, and begins to destroy the park. The monster then roars toward the sky as all the surrounding park visitors look at it in fear.
\\\
A few minutes before the Six Fingers began their plan, Shichiro's group and Ronove are seen still having fun in the park entertainer room. Picero notices something is off pulling up his eye mask to look at the floor. Taking off the dinosaur entertainer suit he was wearing, Iruma asks Picero what's wrong as the latter is now lying on the floor to get a better feeling. Azz calls him out to not fall asleep on the floor, but Picero claims that something about the ground is causing it to rumble. The story provides a reminder that Picero's bloodline ability, My Area, allows him to manipulate the state of different ground types. As a result, Picero grabs three shirt buttons, and places them in a triangle formation on the ground. He explains that he can sense that the ground of Walter Park has 3 specific points of concentrated abnormalities. A more literal example being as if 3 mother birds are incubating their nests to catch their eggs. Iruma remains confused by the hatching egg example as Wett is seen dropping his "egg" from the roof to the ground of concentrated magic power.
\\\
As the egg hits the ground, the magic spell on the ground is released, and a large monster comes bursting out of the egg, which Picero is the first to notice the event go down. Picero activates My Area to open up the ground beneath the rest of the Shichiro group and Ronove, and summons up rock walls to defend the group from the surrounding rubble caused by the egg summoning. Iruma and company then look upon a Carmine Dragon, a massive red dragon monster that is now going about rampaging and destroying Walter Park. As the Carmine Dragon gives off a roar, the confused Iruma asks what that is, which Azz answers ia a gigantic demonic beast. Shichiro suggests that they evacuate first, and Azz points out that he can already see other members of the park staff guiding everyone away. The teacher then asks if anyone's injured, which they all answer that they're okay thanks to Picero's rock wall. A crying Ronove thankfully hugs Picero. The latter of which reminds them that it was difficult to sleep due to the ground acting weird. Remembering what Picero said about the bird and egg explanation, Iruma catches on that he said something about there being 3 abnormalities.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, a staff member is seen on a microphone trying to warn the visitors of the ongoing disaster. That everywhere within Walter Park, there have been confirmed appearances of gigantic demonic beasts. Along with the Carmine Dragon, two other gigantic demonic beasts are seen. A massive rat called a Panther Rat is shown rampaging at the location of Opera's group, and a massive taurus called a Mountain Bull is shown rampaging at the location of Kalego's group. The staff worker makes the announcement warning everyone within Walter Park that there are 3 demonic beasts destorying the park, and asks for everyone to cooperate to make it through this situation.
\\\
Amongst the scared Kalego group, Lied sees that what's happening is not good while Jazz remains confused as to what the Mountain Bull is. Goemon yells for everyone to escape due to the danger, which Lied tries to convince Kalego to run as well. However, Kamui points out the problem that he can't see the park exit from here. The 4 of them gather, which Lied asks if they're able to contact the others. Kamui once more provides the bad news that nobody's answering, which Jazz asks why they're not trying to run or hide. At this point Kalego pats Jazz's back. The students spirits are brightened believing that this is the teacher trying to reassure them. Lied asks what they should do only for them all to become confused when Kalego announces that he hasn't had his fun yet.
\\\
Kalego pulls out his notebook, and reads an important teacher quote that as a Babyls teacher, they must regularly take actions that prioritize student empowerment. He then looks back at his group of 4 students, and announces that they're in luck, and shouldn't miss such a good opportunity. As the Mountain Bull rampages, Kalego announces that he will stay here as this disaster is a chance to train his students' teamwork. Of course, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui all begin to fear for the worst realizing what Kalego is telling them to do. The smug Kamui points at the Mountain Bull, and explains to his group of students that there's no better opportunity to go all out with their demonic powers than facing such a big target. In return, Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui all begin to freak out hearing that Kalego is ordering them to fight the Mountain Bull. Kalego happily orders the group to prepare themselves, but then quickly changes his order that it's now time to enjoy this attraction to their heart's content. He says this while grabbing hold of Lied, Jazz, Goemon, and Kamui before they could run off.
\\\
As a bit of a recap, the story explains how during the school's first year magic class, students go about learning verbal spells focused on transformation and illusions. An example being when Iruma used his magic to transform the color of a frog. The purpose is to master the fundamentals of magic in order to determine which is the best suited for ya, and then practice and apply those newly discovered skills for the next school year. This however turns out to be a problem for the Babyls students regarding their current predicament at Walter Park as Kalego's group is seen trying to deal with the Mountain Bull. As it turns out, because of the way the first year classes were set up, they weren't able to learn attack magic.
\\\
Kalego's group continues to avoid the attacks of the Mountain Bull, which a crying Lied yells out that they're so dead. Jazz questions what kind of magic would be capable of taking on such a big opponent as he continues to run. Kamui then spots a large piece of rubble about to hit Lied, which he manages to push Lied out of the way to protect him. After Lied thanks him for the save, Kamui activates his Translation bloodline ability, which allows him to understand the language of any living thing to enable conversation. He goes about translating the Mountain Bulls words, and confirms that the demonic beast seems quite upset calling everything a bother or nuisance. Kamui is then about to be hit by a large piece of rubble of his own, but is saved by Goemon cutting it up with Wind Blade; his bloodline ability that allows him to make a transparent current of air that converges to form a blade. It's also noted that he can throw Wind Blade like a boomerang. As Kamui thanks Goemon for the save, Jazz thinks over their current problem of how Wind Blade is the only bloodline skill their group has suited for attacking.
\\\
Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui take shelter behind some rubble to evade the Mountain Bull's sight. Still thinking over their situation, Jazz is unable to understand why they were suddenly thrown into a battle when 3 of their 4 bloodline skills (Lied's Controller, Jazz's Pit, and Kamui's Translation) are only useful as utility. Jazz figures they will have to rely on simple spells, and first asks if Lied can use his bloodline ability to take away the Bull's eyesight. He asks which eyes given that the Bull has at least six, which Jazz replies that any will do. Jazz puts his plan into action by first having Lied use Controller to take away the Mountain Bull's eyesight, and then orders Kamui to use his Translation to grab the now blind Bull's attention. Meanwhile, Jazz and Goemon would hide in the Bull's blindspot ready to attack while its attention is squared on Kamui. Using a basic "La Fire" spell, Jazz summons fire-magic to combine it with Goemon's Wind Blade in order to make a combined fire-storm blade that Goemon fires towards the Mountain Bull.
\\\
The attack lands and explodes on the Bull's chest, which the 4 students all cheer wondeing if their plan worked. However, the Bull angrily turns his attention back towards them, which they quickly realize that all they did was piss it off. They avoid another attack from the Bull as they call out to Kalego begging him to help. However, Kalego remains calmly sitting at a table with his drink. Kalego sighs finding it unbelievable that his students are trying to fall back on him already, which they all complain that it's a given since he's their teacher. Kalego then scolds the group claiming that this is a lesson. That if they want to become strong, they must take advantage of everything they've learned, overcome this obstacle, and come out the winner. He orders them to get going, which leaves the students annoyed that along with escape not being an option, they all deem Kalego's advice to be lazy. The group tries to re-establish themselves with Lied realizing that they'll just have to protect themselves, and Jazz pointing out that they can't rely on adults. Along with Goemon and Kamui, they all get angry calling adults the worst, and call the belief that adults go about protecting children is nothing but a lie.
\\\
At that same time at the location of Opera's group, Opera is seen blocking a strike from the Panther Rat, much to the surprise of Clara, Ameri, Kerori and Elizabetta seeing the adult protect them. Opera gives the order to Ameri for her to take the others and evacuate, which she asks what Opera will do. He states to leave the problem to him as protecting those important to Iruma is also his duty; leaving Clara, Kerori and Elizabetta amazed that adults are so dependable. Opera once more orders them to get moving as Ameri starts to lead the others away from the area. The Panther Rat attempts another strike at Opera, but the latter easily dodges it, grabs the Rat's tail, and uses it as a weapon to smash the Panther Rat's face. All while Opera claims that the Panther Rat is something that isn't able to properly read the room. While continuing to dodge attacks, Opera is left wondering if he actually did damage despite the Panther Rat seemingly having a soft body.
\\\
Opera decides to take things more seriously, and goes in for a punch. However, Opera is caught off-guard by the Panther Rat revealing that it actually has 8 tails, and uses them all at once to attack Opera from all sides. As one of the tails is about to hit him, Ameri comes in at the last second to kick it away from Opera. Ameri explains that she rushed back after everyone successfully reached the evacuation zone. She also claims that she can't turn and run from a moment of crisis given that she's Babyls' Student Council President. Thus, Opera is reassured that he's got a capable back-up as the two of them stand back-to-back ready to continue the fight. Opera orders Ameri to handle the tails, but to be careful not to get too close, which she accepts claiming that she won't do anything careless. Suddenly, Clara is seen flying around holding on tight to the end of one of the Panther Rat's tails, much to the confusion of Opera and Ameri not knowing what Clara's doing.
\\\
Meanwhile at the location of the Carmine Dragon, Shichiro's group is seen evacuating the area with many other visitors. The dragon can be heard roaring from afar, which Iruma notes that the ground shakes just from its voice. Meanwhile, a staff member is heard warning the visitors to not go near buildings due to the danger of them collapsing at any time. Another staff member claims that they will guild visitors to areas where they can fly away safely, and asks around for visitors who have healing magic. As Shichiro's group continues to walk, Shichiro asks Azz if he can phone the others, but is told that he can't. Iruma then looks back over the park rubble, and grips his shirt tie feeling pained. Sabro asks Iruma what's wrong, which Iruma is unable to answer. He then overhears two nearby visitors discussing how this must have been a planned terrorist attack given that 3 demonic beasts summoned at the same time.
\\\
Iruma asks Shichiro what the visitors mean by that, which the teacher answers that the 3 rampaging demonic beasts were actually summoned. Shichiro explains his theory that given the gigantic size of the 3 demonic beasts the culprit couldn't have been just one person, but was actually several. Seeing Iruma droop his head down, Shichiro asks the boy what's wrong. In return, Iruma claims that he doesn't quite know other than his pained chest is feeling tight. A young child is then heard crying out for help from the nearby rubble, which gets everyone's attention. One of the visitors asks if he's alone, which the kid explains that the others he was with are stuck in the hall blocked by the debris. He yells for help to get them out, which Iruma turns to Shichiro for help. However, Shichiro holds Iruma's shoulder to calm him down claiming that it's impossible.
\\\
Looking around, Iruma sees that none of the visitors are interested in helping believing that's already too late since the demonic beast came from the hall, and that they don't want to get hurt. He questions why they're like this, which Shichiro answers that this is what demons are like. That their own well-being comes first, and that they have little care towards those who are not related to them. Overall, Shichiro tells Iruma that they won't move a pinky if it doesn't profit them. Noticing two staff members discussing how the hall could collapse at any time, and that they should just give up since there's not enough nearby personnel helping, Iruma confronts them. He asks them why they're not helping the children when they can be seen from here, but they remain confused not knowing what to say, and tell him to just stay back due to the danger. Iruma once more clenches his chest in pain not being able to understand why his heart stings so bad. A sight of a pained Iruma leaves Azz worried, which Iruma notices Azz holding his phone still trying to contact the others.
\\\
Iruma grabs Azz's phone, and looks over the picture of himself enjoying Walter Park with his classmates and teachers. He then looks towards the rubble, and the demon child calling out for help, and finally gets why he's been feeling such pain within himself. Shichiro asks Iruma what's up, which a crying Iruma states that he's sick of this. Iruma then gets up, and charges towards the rubble, much to the surprise of Shichiro and everyone watching. The Carmine Dragon arrives and continues its rampage near Iruma and the demon child; leaving the visitors worried that the two of them are going to be crushed by the falling rubble. However, Iruma grabs hold of the young demon boy, and easily evades all the falling rubble, much to the shock of Shichiro and company that Iruma make it out unscathed. The story provides a reminder that because of Iruma's overwhelming crisis evasion skills, he's a master of avoiding dangerous things.
\\\
Having escaped the rubble, Iruma asks the younger boy if he's okay, which the latter answers he is. Iruma then asks if the other kids are still inside, which again, the boy nods yes. Shichiro calls out to Iruma checking if he's okay. In return, Iruma yells out that the ice cream was delicious, and that the rides were exciting. Iruma continues to yell at the confused Shichiro, Azz and Sabro that along with many other interesting things, he met a wonderful person when he got lost, and that he was able to play with everyone and have a great time. However, he states that he now feels irritated due to everything falling apart so suddenly. Thus, Iruma confidently announces to the rest of the Shichiro group that he will strike back at this current situation. He yells that he will be the one to help the children, and orders the watching visitors to head for shelter. As Iruma goes deeper into the rubble to search for the other kids, the watching visitors are unable to believe what they just witnessed. However, the rest of Shichiro's group are thinking differently.
\\\
Sabro starts laughing asking the group if they heard that Iruma is feeling irritated. In return, Azz states his disappointment in himself that he will never forgive himself for not understand how Iruma felt. Going along with the group, Picero activates My Area to make a path through the rubble. Shichiro, Azz, Sabro and Picero all go in to follow after Iruma; heeding to Iruma's wish of wanting to help the kids. In addition, Ronove is seen being brought along as he holds on desperately to the cloud Picero sleeps on. Azz claims that he has to be at Iruma's side while Sabro mentions that it's common sense to stand on the same ground as his rival. Picero mentions that he just wants the noisy kid to shut up, and Shichiro brings up how he can't leave them all given that he's their assigned escort. Something that Ronove doesn't agree with. Catching up to Iruma, Shichiro assures the boy that as abnormal demons, they will be sure to rescue all the children, much to Iruma's excitement. Though once again, Ronove doesn't agree with being called abnormal.
\\\
At that same time, the Six Fingers are seen making their way into Wlavoas prison, and dispose of the guards in one of the warden rooms. One of the defeated wardens asks them what their motive is for being here, which Wett states the obvious. That they're here to rescue a prisoner. On Wlavoas Prison's 3rd security level, the guards are seen panicking due to the park chaos currently going on. One gives the order to send staff to the surface to deal with the rampaging demonic beasts, and asks another guard if the anti-beast squad has arrived yet. However, their conversation is interrupted by the arrival of another guard warning them of another problem. That the 2nd level's security team has been taken out by intruders, and disabled all the locks to allow the prisoners to escape. Elsewhere within the prison, the freed prisoners are all seen battling it out with the guards. One of the prisoners remains excited for the bloodbath, and yells for his fellow prisoners to knock the guards out before they can use their magic.
\\\
On the prison's 4th level, the group of demons that teamed up with Kirio are all seen running down a hallway making their way to escaping. An announcement over the speaker is heard from the guards that prisoners are escaping, and to block all exits before they reach the park. As the prisoner group runs, Kirio can be seen being carried by Dododo while Selaguts remains excited that it's all going according to plan due to them coming across no guards. Balgio is also excited that they're about to escape to the outside while Dlingar claims that she will be joining the Six Fingers the moment she gets out. Lumero agrees to the idea wanting to help the Six Fingers bring chaos to the world, which Smatethlede agrees that they should join up with the Six Fingers this very moment by helping them destroy Walter Park. However, Imp remains worried about going upstairs, which annoys Bats asking what the problem is. Imp points out that going any higher will result in them having to deal with "him," which bat realizes that Imp is referring to Triton.
\\\
A recap of how Wlavoas Prison is set up is provided with floor 1 being the top, and floor 5 being the bottom. Floor 1 is the Warden's Office, floor 2 is the Security Room, floors 3 and 4 are more Security Rooms along with Prison Cells, and floor 5 is the Prisoner Workplace. Bats things over how the higher they run up the prison towards escaping, the stronger the guards are. In addition, there's one particular guard that all prisoners fear the most; Deputy Warden Triton "Handshake." Bats thinks over how Triton is the first person new prisoners meet the moment they're brought to Wlavoas, and that the deputy goes about engraving on the prisoners' bodies the fear of the guards.
\\\
Sure enough, all the prisoners within Kirio's group flinch in fear upon remembering the reason Triton is nicknamed "Handshake." The deputy uses his large hands to hold the prisoners arms and legs together in each of his hands, and proceeds to crush them. Prison shackles said to be strong enough to crush a dragon's neck are then put upon their crushed wrists to serve as a reminder to the prisoners every time they look at their shackled wrists. As the prisoners think about Triton, Lumero admits that escape would be impossible had it not been for the Six Fingers' involvement. Bats is also left worried that if the Six Fingers get "grabbed" by that guy, it will be over for the Six Fingers. Overall, he remains convinced that there must be a fierce battle going on between Triton and the Six Fingers.
\\\
Unbeknownst to the prisoners, the battle is going easy for the Six Fingers as Hyudarin is seen crushing Triton's giant hands with his own much smaller ones. Triton finds his current predicament to be impossible as his Handshake bloodline ability is supposed to allow him to be able to crush anything, yet he doesn't understand how it has no affect on such a tiny old man. In return, Hyudarin taunts the deputy that this is the difference in the size of their strengths, and that Triton should now understand what his "size" is despite being much bigger. As Hyudarin's torture of Triton continues, Atori can be seen sitting atop a pile of guards the Fingers defeated, and points out how cool Hyudarin is. Meanwhile, Wett looks at his prison map claiming that they're finished dealing with the 2nd level security, and should now move on to the 3rd. Hearing the rampaging going on above, Atori questions if their little beasts are trashing the park properly. Wett explains that no one will be able to stop them from turning the whole park to ashes given that the demonic beasts were fed their mana. He figures that there would have to be some hero out there capable of facing them.
\\\
Meanwhile above ground, Kalego's group is seen still trying to take on the Mountain Bull, but are all scared in fear. Lied, Goemon, and Kamui hide behind Jazz pushing the latter forward to take on the Bull himself, much to Jazz's annoyance, and calling them jerks. The Mountain Bull catches sight of Kalego's group of students, and swings at them once more. However, the Bull just barely misses them, much to the relief of Jazz, Lied, Goemon and Kamui. Jazz continues to complain asking the group why they're triyng to put him up front, which Lied replies that it's because Jazz is their leader. Lied also points out that this is a given since Jazz is the Rank 3 (Gimmel) of the group. Sure enough, Lied, Goemon and Kamui are all lower at Rank 2 (Bet). The three of them beg Jazz to do something, which leaves Jazz confused as Lied and company don't usually care about this kind of stuff.
\\\
The three of them continue to beg brother Jazz to help them, but Jazz remains silent not knowing what to say back. The confusion results in Jazz having a flashback. He thinks about a moment where his brother came up to him all friendly only for Jazz to realize moments after that his wallet and watch are now gone. Jazz thinks over how his Andro family was all about ability, and that you were considered the bad one if you got stolen from. He thinks about how his brother was always like this. Jazz remembers to another moment where he enters his own bedroom room only to find his brother wasted on the couch with several naked chicks. Jazz thinks over how his brother was always the worst womanizing drunkard, and had sticky fingers to the point of violating Jazz's territory. However, Jazz knows that he can't do anything about it due to his brother being the more talanted one. That even if his brother drives him insane to the point of wanting to stick his fingers up his nose and throw him around, Jazz still won't do it. Overall, Jazz comes to the decision that if he was to one day have younger siblings, he will be nice to them unlike how his older brother treats him.
\\\
In the present, Jazz is unable to handle the sight of the begging Lied, Goemon and Kamui as if Jazz is their older brother. Jazz squeezes his own heart feeling happy that his classmates are relying on him, and looks away blushing. He then takes a look back at them, and sees their faces full of hope believing that Jazz will save them from not dying to the Mountain Bull. Stepping toward them, Jazz announces that he will think of something, much to the excitement of Lied, Goemon and Kamui. Jazz looks away in embarrassment again not being able to handle his attempt at damage control. He then looks toward the Mountain Bull, and doesn't know what to do given that their magic didn't work on it. Jazz also remains confused as to what the Bull is trying to do since it's just going around destroying everything. Jazz goes over his group's abilities in his head, but isn't able to see a way to combine his pick-pocketing with Goemon's wind-blade, Lied's sense-stealing, and Kamui's translating. Still watching from afar, Kalego calls out to Jazz, and provides a hint asking if the whistle object around Jazz's neck is just for show. Jazz looks upon his neck whistle, and finally realizes that there might be a way for them to win.
\\\
At that same time, a news report is seen on devil television informing the populace of the crisis at Walter Park. The news reporter explains how 3 demonic beasts have appeared within Walter Park, and that the underworld security bureau have been dispatched to deal with them. Along with the Carmine Dragon and Panther Rat, the reporter brings up the Mountain Bull, but is surprised by what she's seeing on the live television feed of the Bull as over a hundred bird creatures are now seen flying all around it, and being a great annoyance to it. Riding on one of the demon birds is Kamui as it turns out that his Translation bloodline also allows for him to command living things, such as the demon birds that are being a nuisance to the Mountain Bull. The appearance of the demon birds was due to Walter Park having an aviary, which Kalego's group put to use. Kamui informs his teammates that it's easier for him to command living things if the species he's controlling are the same, but also warns them that his Translation control won't last much longer given the amount of birds he's currently controlling. He's left hoping that his team will get done fast as Jazz, Lied, and Goemon are all seen atop another demon bird.
\\\
The demon bird carrying Jazz, Lied, and Goemon fly up behind the Mountain Bull's head as Lied is the first to act. Lied activates his Controller bloodline to steal away the Bull's sense of hearing, and use it as his own. The Bull lets out a loud shriek, which is hurtful on Lied's ears due to the Bull's sense of hearing that he stole away being too sensitive, and is now pounding in his brain. As Lied tries to cover up his hears to block out the shriek, he thinks back to the plan Jazz just told them about. Lied admits that while he doesn't understand why Jazz is choosing to fight the demonic beast, he finds himself believing that they could win due to the strategy Jazz came up with. Thus, Lied remains excited that as a gambler, he has no choice but to seize the chance if there's a possibility to win. Despite his ears still being in pain, Lied tells at his teammates that he's fine, and orders Jazz to hurry up. In return, Jazz asks Lied to hang in there as he needs a bit more time.
\\\
The Mountain Bull attempts to swipe at the 3 of them riding the demon bird, which Goemon is next up using his Wind Blade to defend Lied and Jazz while the two are working the plan. Goemon thinks over how he was once told that if there was ever an attack that he was unable to handle, the option is there to redirect it using its own power. Thus, Goemon swings his Wind Blade not to strike at the Mountain Bull's fist, but to go with the flow and redirect the fist by sliding the Wind Blade underneath the attack, and direct it elsewhere. The Bull's fist is redirected enough to go over the demon bird they're flying on, which Goemon celebrates his success that he got Jazz safely to the Bull's head. Moments after, Jazz jumps off the demon bird, and grabs hold of the Bull's ear hanging over the ear hole. He remains excited that the plan worked to get him here thanks to the distractions done by Lied, Kamui and Goemon. Holding onto his whistle, Jazz thinks over how there's now only one step left in his plan.
\\\
Jazz holds his whistle known as the Ear Blast Flute (also nicknamed as the Flute of Shame) finding it hard to believe that of all places, he would be using it here in Walter Park against a demonic beast. Jazz thinks back to the moment he got the whistle from his older brother, which is shown to be shortly after Kalego visited their home. His older brother points out Kalego's warning that Jazz needs to have a plan if he ever gets caught trying to steal. Thus, he orders Jazz to blow the whistle the moment he gets caught. Back in the present, Jazz thinks over how the purpose of the Ear Blast Flute is to emit a powerful sound wave that hits everyone but the user. In addition, the more magic power the user has, the more unpleasant head-splitting sound it produces. As for why it's also called the Flute of Shame, Jazz's older brother calls it embarrassing for the user if they blow the whistle after failing to steal. However, Jazz calls his brother stupid not finding his current usage of the Ear Blast Flute a disgrace since decided to use it during a non-stealing attempt.
\\\
Jazz puts the whistle in his mouth ready to blow, which Lied yells that he's now returning the hearing sense to the Mountain Bull. Once the Mountain Bull's hearing is restored after Lied turns his Controller ability off, Jazz blows his whistle into the beast's ear at the highest volume. The sound wave screeches throughout the Mountain Bull's head to the point of knocking it out; resulting in the Bull crashing to the ground. Looking upon the unconscious Mountain Bull, Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui are shocked in disbelief that they actually managed to pull off the win. Goemon sees that the demonic beast is no longer moving as the group all begins celebrating their victory. Jazz receives praise from the others with Lied calling him amazing, and Goemon calling his strategy perfect, which Jazz tries to correct them that they all did it, but eventually just remains silent as they all continue cheering. Lied next calls for everyone to high-five only for them to not realize that the Mountain Bull has already gotten up perfectly fine, and is going in to punch them. The Bull lands its strike upon the unsuspecting students only for it to turn out that Kalego had finally stepped in to defend his students by putting up a barrier to block the punch.
\\\
Holding off the Mountain Bull, Kalego scolds Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon for being a group of students that still misses at the last turn. He points out that their plan against the Mountain Bull just barely worked, and yet that was apparently enough for them to drop their guard and almost die to the Bull just now. The four of them remain scared and confused seeing that they almost just died as Kalego decides to provide grades for his students: Jazz gets a 40, Lied and Kamui get a 30, and Goemon gets a 35. Overall, Kalego gives off a smile since at the very least, their efforts put them at about the passing mark. Kalego then summons out his Cerberion, and proceeds to curb-stomp the Bull by commanding his familiar to smash the demonic beast into the ground. Looking upon the defeated Mountain Bull, Jazz, Lied, Kamui and Goemon are left stunned in amazement by how incredible grown-ups are. Asking if they had fun, Kalego then takes a seat in front of the Bull's head, and orders his students to come over and finally take a picture. With the Mountain Bull defeated, two demonic beasts remain.
\\\
As the battles with the demonic beasts and the prison chaos goes on, Elizabetta and Kerori are seen within Walter Park's emergency shelter having been brought there when Opera ordered them to evacuate. Elizabetta and Kerori are currently trying to keep a couple demon babies calm as a member of the park staff is heard claiming that he will start guiding everyone to safely leave the park. The crowd of visitors within the shelter are getting angsty about wanting to leave while remaining worried about the rampaging demonic beasts, which Kerori apologizes to Elizabetta as it turns out that she's needed elsewhere. Kerori races off calling back to Elizabetta to continue watching the children, much to Elizabetta's confusion not knowing what to do. The babies start crying again, which Elizabetta tries once more to get them to calm down.
\\\
Elizabetta begins to worry that fear is spreading amongst the visitors, which affects children much easier to the point that the trauma could affect their evil cycles. Thus, she believes that the trauma will become obsessions, which will carry over into their evil cycles and cause a vicious cycle of committing crimes. A recap is provided explaining Elizabetta's Favorability bloodline where she's surrounded by a magic aura that causes any well-disposed person to feel compelled to gain her sympathy. Elizabetta thinks over how she's currently pushing said ability to the limit trying to keep the people around her calm, but that she must keep going for the sake of the little kids. A roar from a demonic beast can be heard outside the shelter, which freaks the visitors out wanting to run away. The visitors all begin to panic and run around.
\\\
Elizabetta's on the verge of falling apart not knowing what to do, but is calmed by someone telling her it's okay. Sure enough, Elizabetta and the panicking visitors are all stunned silent by the arrival of Kuromu. Thus, revealing that Kerori's plan to keep everyone calm is to sing to them. Kuromu waves at Elizabetta, which shocks the latter since she doesn't know about Kerori's idol identity. The visitors all remain surprised by Kuromu walking amongst them. One questions why she's here, which another remembers that there was supposed to be a Kuromu concert at the park today as seen by the Kuromu poster within the shelter. Another visitor finds it hard to believe that even in the midst of a disaster, Kuromu still chose to come to the shelter to sing to them. Overall, the visitors within the shelter all begins to get excited calling Kuromu cool, and want to take a picture with her. Kuromu steps up to a stage area above everyone else while thinking about how its her duty as an Akudol to make everyone smile. She also thinks about Iruma, and the effort he puts forth at being useful to everyone around him.
\\\
Grabbing a microphone, she calls for all the shelter visitors to listen to her, which causes everyone to go silent. Kuromu explains how everyone is feeling afraid and insecure due to the magic beasts rampaging outside, which is why she asks for them all to calm down and think rationally again. Her words make an impact on the visitors as they all remain still paying attention to Kuromu. She asks the crowd if the beasts really are that scary, and asks them the question which is stronger: the fear of the beasts, or her cuteness. She says this while completely sparkling and appearing absolutely lovely to the crowd. In return, the excited crowd yells out that Kuromu's cuteness is stronger. The crowd all begins cheering that Kuromu is cute and the best, much to Elizabetta's amazement seeing how great the demon idol is at removing everyone's fear. Kuromu then turns to the park staff hoping they'd get involved, but they're already psyched up to help out claiming that everyone for the concert is ready. Kuromu then winks towards the audience claiming that she will now start the concert.
\\\
Within Wlavoas Prison, Wett leads the way down a path of guards they just defeated while Atori and Hyudarin follow close behind. Hearing all the commotion now going on above ground, Atori laughs that the demon visitors sound like they're making a riot. Wett figures that this is a sign that the destruction of Walter Park seems to be going pretty well. Atori continues on claiming that they sound scared due to how noisy it is. However, Atori suddenly becomes confused when he begins hearing something that sounds like music. At that same time within the shelter, Kuromu starts singing a song about people being in love. The visitors all cheer in excitement, which Elizabetta and the babies she was trying to watch over all join in at cheering Kuromu on.
\\\
Switching over to Opera's group, Opera and Ameri stand ready to fight the Panther Rat while Clara continues swinging around holding on to end of one of its tails. Ameri claims that she will handle this herself, and asks for Opera to go in and rescue Clara, much to Opera's surprise. Opera doesn't remain convinced, but Ameri uses her magic to raise up the ground to block the incoming Rat's multi-tail attack claiming that she will be okay. Opera notes the large spot on the Panther Rat's forehead, and states that it might be a soft spot given that the Rat seems to keep it well protected. He advises Ameri to aim for that spot since it might be the Rat's only weakness, which Ameri accepts. As Opera watches Ameri, he finds it amazing how she's already someone capable of such insane reflexes controlling unconventional magic. That this is what he should have expected from her being Babyl's Student Council President at the level of Rank 6 (Vav).
\\\
Ameri goes about dodging the Panther Rat's tail strikes as Opera easily goes in and grabs Clara off the tail. Clara remains impressed by the sight of Ameri fighting the Rat while Opera notes that the sight of the powerful Ameri fighting makes him want to try it out himself. After dodging all the Rat's attacks, Ameri stands face-to-face with it claiming that they will now have their revenge. Ameri begins to activate a spell where flower markings appear on her hair, and causes it to sparkle; showing that for the first time, Ameri is choosing to go all out against an enemy. Ameri warns the Panther Rat that there will be nothing left of it after this, and that she will destroy it priding herself as a member of the Azazel family. She leaves off stating to the Panther Rat that she will show it the power of Ameri Azazel.
\\\
The Panther Rat senses the danger Ameri's giving off, and changes its battle strategy by suddenly stabbing its tails into the ground. Opera notices the Rat's new scheme, and warns Ameri to look up as it's planning to leap. Sure enough, the Panther Rat uses its tails to spring itself up into the air aiming to crush Ameri upon landing. However, Ameri announces that she will not be crushed, and manages to grab hold of the Panther Rat when it tries to land on her. She then announces that she's strong as well, and easily throws the Panther Rat back into the rubble. Clara continues watching Ameri in amazement as Opera starts to understand what's going on.
\\\
As Ameri dusts her hands off, a recap is provided of Ameri's bloodline ability, Romanticist, also known as King of Delusions. Romanticist allows for Ameri to draw out her maximum power depending on her belief of her own strength. It's said to be the mightiest buffing magic of the Azazel Family amongst those who possess strong will. Sure enough, Ameri walks towards the Panther Rat covered in an aura that's making her strong, powerful and invincible. The sight of the buffed up Ameri leaves Opera interested in what's current going on getting to witness the Romanticist bloodline ability in action. Opera thinks over how Romanticist is the ultimate self-hypnotism. A double-edged sword that could wind up hurting the user if they're scared of the opponent. However, despite still being young, Ameri is not suffering from this negative aspect using it against the demonic beast. Thus, Opera confirms that Ameri is a demon with an iron will.
\\\
Ameri uppercuts the Panther Rat to the point of it falling to the ground. Clara questions if this means she beat it, but Opera answers no since the Rat still has the energy to stand back up. Once the Panther Rat stands up ready to continue fighting, it switches to a new strategy by spraying a dangerous gas out of its tails that overtakes its surroundings. Opera covers Clara's mouth to protect her worried that the Panther Rat is spraying a poisonous gas, and begins to worry that Ameri must have inhaled it. Despite the gas clearly having an affect on her, Ameri re-establishes her footing yelling out that she's totally fine while standing in a weird pose. Opera and Clara try to understand the situation, which he's surprised that Ameri isn't even faltering to poison. Clara adds that her pose looks cute, which leaves Opera even more confused when he sees that Ameri has started to sing.
\\\
Singing in front of the Panther Rat, Ameri thinks over how this is a song she once heard attending an Akudol concert. That ever since that concert, she's been unable to get the song out of her head. She continues to sing the lyrics about one's burning spirit, the strongest not giving up, and the need for 100% excitement. She thinks about how the lyrics give her inspiration as she swarms her leg in flames, and lands a powerful kick down upon the spot on Panther Rat's forehead that Opera told her about. Ameri continues to think about the lyrics that a maiden in love will never lose, and how she will one day make the person she's in love with fall in love with her. She then jumps off the defeated Panther Rat as Clara and Opera make their way towards her. The excited Clara calls Ameri amazing for all the super cool things she just did, which Ameri asks the former to calm down. Clara then pokes at Ameri trying to play with the latter, but Ameri feels intense pain at the touch, much to Clara's confusion.
\\\
Watching the two of them, Opera notices Ameri's body now shivering in pain after experiencing such intense combat. He figures that it's a side-effect of using Romanticist. That Romanticist is a magic that releases all the user's power without restraint, but results in heavy backlash afterwards. Ameri finds the state she's been left in to be pathetic, but Opera assures her that that's not the case. That she should view this as proof that she still has room to grow. Thus, Opera praises Ameri for outdoing herself just now, and that she's still capable of growing stronger. Opera then begins to sparkle with interest, and gets in Ameri's face asking her to become his, and the principal's, assistant after graduation so that they can work to grow stronger together. Ameri replies to Opera's words stating that she's honored to hear that she can still grow. However, she declines the offer since she's already decided to help with her father's work after graduation.
\\\
Opera states his disappointment claiming that it would have been more interesting for his home to have more people in it, which catches Ameri's attention once she realizes that Opera is referring to working within the principal's house. That she would be living under the same roof as Iruma. Ameri pictures Iruma saying that he's home to her while she asks in return if Iruma wants dinner or a bath. Thus, Ameri questions if living at the principal's house would mean that her and Iruma would be as if they're a married couple. Seeing Ameri struggling at the thought of marriage, Opera begins to walk away asking to pretend that this conversation never happened. However, he's caught off-guard when Ameri grabs him from behind.
\\\
Ameri explains that it's true that she's already decided on her career path, but that doesn't mean that she's completely rejected his kind offer. Thus, Ameri yells at him that there are times in life where choices will change, and its for that reason that she will one day think about Opera's offer again. In return, Opera accepts her words, though he remains surprised that Ameri still had enough power within her to hold him still. Opera is left shaking in fear experiencing Ameri's leftover strength, which Clara pokes at him joking that he's now shivering just like Ameri. The sight of Clara reminds Opera to finally ask why she came back, which Clara explains that she thought she would be of use using her Summon bloodline to provide them with weapons. She quickly creates a small axe, which scares Ameri due to how close Clara summoned out the axe. Hearing about Clara's Summon ability gives Opera an idea, which he asks for Clara to make for him a secret weapon.
\\\
At that same time, the Carmine Dragon is still roaring and rampaging at the location of Shichiro's group. Azz and Sabro watch the demonic beast from a nearby rooftop, which Azz is annoyed that the Dragon is being a loud lizard. Sabro asks if Azz is scared, and that he can still run away, but Azz calls that nonsense. Azz tells Sabro to go back since the former can do this himself, which Sabro laughs it off refusing to do so. Sabro proudly announces that a great Demon King would never run from a fight, which bugs Azz ordering Sabro to take his chances. As Azz and Sabro are about to start the fight against the Carmine Dragon, they yell at each other not to slow them down.
\\\
Underneath the rubble at the location of the Carmine Dragon is the group of trapped children that Shichiro's group are trying to reach. The children are all crying their eyes out, which one of them tries to keep them calm claiming that someone will surely save them. This child thinks to himself that someone will surely come for them as sunlight comes shining in above them due to the removal of one of the rocks. Appearing from the hole is a smiling Iruma extending his out to the trapped children while assuring them that it will be alright. Outside the hole, Picero is seen being the one who used My Area to open the ground for Iruma while Shichiro is on standby helping Iruma get the children out. Once they're all out, the kids go about playing on Picero's cloud to keep their mind off the crisis. Iruma asks the original boy he saved if that's all the kids, which the boy answers it is. Shichiro points out that they should move to a safer place due to some of the kids being injured, which Iruma agrees to. While they move, Iruma asks if Azz and Sabro will be alright, which Shichiro notes that Azz and Sabro were definitely arguing once their group split up.
\\\
Shortly beforehand, Sabro and Azz are seen arguing in front of Iruma. Sabro yells that he will go after the lizard (referring to the Carmine Dragon) since he's someone who's got experience dealing with magic beasts. In return, Azz yells that he should be the one fighting it since it would be bad for someone as rampant as Sabro to go. Sabro then turns the one he deemed his rival asking Iruma if the latter will feel more secure should Sabro fight it, which Iruma agrees to. Azz then jumps in pointing out that Iruma can also rely on him, much to Sabro's annoyance. Iruma points out that he, himself, should go since this mission was his idea, but Azz and Sabro both reject it, and head off to deal with the Carmine Dragon. Back in the present, Shichiro assures Iruma that he ordered Azz and Sabro to just act as decoys gaining the Dragon's attention without getting close. He also made the order to them clear to not attack the Carmine Dragon only for an explosion to occur above them, which grabs the attention of Shichiro, Iruma and Picero.
\\\
Having gone against Shichiro's order, Azz and Sabro are seen battling it out with the Carmine Dragon above the others. Azz launches a Razor Fire tornado that punches the Dragon at the side of the face while Sabro uses Weapon Creation to forge a large axe that cuts at the demonic beast's body. The two of them land back on nearby rooftops, which Azz claims that he was faster while Sabro counters that he cut deeper. The result is them arguing with Azz claiming that he cut deeper while Sabro claims that his attack was stronger. Watching from afar, Iruma is unable to believe that Azz and Sabro are arguing in the midst of battle as Shichiro facepalms knowing that he ordered them not to attack. Shichiro begins to worry that this is a sign of him having no authority as a teacher, which Iruma tries to reassure him. Meanwhile, Azz spots the others from far, and is glad to see that Iruma completed his mission to save all the children. The Carmine Dragon then swipes at Azz, which the latter claims that he must do his duty should said dragon make Iruma angry, and powers up his fire magic again.
\\\
Azz casts a large Fire Blast shot that hits the Carmine Dragon, which a nearby Sabro is forced to get out of the way. Sabro complains that Azz almost got him, and was even burned a little. Azz is left disappointed that he was so close to hit both, which annoys Sabro asking what Azz meant by that. However, Azz ignores it claiming that it's Sabros fault for being too close to his fire attack, and should stand back since he's getting in the way. Azz's word angers Sabro to the point of using Weapon Creation again to forge over a dozen lance spears, which the then throws towards the Carmine Dragon. They all hit across the dragon's back, and this time around, Azz is forced to get out of the way from being hit by a spear. Both of them remain angry at one other for getting in each other's way as Azz proceeds to summon out his Gorgon Snake familiar claiming that he will be offering this victory to Iruma.
\\\
Combining his fire magic with the fire breath of his Gorgon Snake, Azz and his familiar launch a massive fire attack upon the Carmine Dragon while yelling at Sabro to just shut up and watch. However, Sabro, riding on his Kelbie familiar, flies up on the other side of the Dragon. Sabro yells back refusing to follow Azz's order as his Kelbie dumps a massive shot of water down upon the Carmine Dragon's head. Azz gets soaked by the water as well, much to his annoyance, which Sabro laughs that he now looks more handsome this way. Meanwhile, Iruma and Shichiro continue to watch from afar. Iruma finds their efforts amazing despite the constant arguing, which Shichiro agrees finding it surprising that Azz and Sabro are pushing the Carmine Dragon back. Thus, Shichiro finds it terrifying that Azz and Sabro are already proving themselves to be strong despite being just first year students.
\\\
Worried that they might let their guards down, Shichiro believes that it's about time for him to go in and back Azz and Sabro up. However, their attention is brought to the Carmine Dragon preparing to launch some sort of breath attack. Azz and Sabro notice it too as Shichiro quickly moves to shield Iruma from the danger that's about to happen. The dragon fires a beam of magic that Azz and Sabro avoid, but it strikes the building that Iruma and company were within. Sabro is left amazed by the intensity of the dragon's breath attack while Azz looks to the destroyed building worried about Iruma. However, Shichiro is shown to back completely blocked the attack to shield Iruma. The only damage being a burn to Shichiro's right arm that he used to block. Thus, Azz is relieved upon realizing that Iruma is perfectly safe thanks to Shichiro. Iruma then looks worried towards Azz trying to shout something to him, but Azz is unable to hear. Eventually, he's able to hear Iruma warning him to look behind, which the Carmine Dragon is now directly behind Azz ready to attack. Iruma and Shichiro fear for Azz's life knowing that the latter won't be able to react to the danger in time, which the dragon proceeds to fire another beam of magic upon him.
\\\
The sight of Azz being overtaken by the Carmine Dragon's break attack causes Iruma to fear for the worst. He remembers back to Kalego's words warning Iruma that the boy's grown too accustomed to putting himself in danger. Iruma thinks over how whenever he got involved in a crisis, he always believed deep down that everything will work out. However, he's ignoring the fact that he's actually got friends these days, and that it's a problem that he's been dragging his precious friends into danger as well. Iruma falls to his knees about to cry hating that he didn't realize something this obvious until now. However, Shichiro points him to look back towards Azz's location. Upon looking, it turns out that Sabro had blocked the Carmine Dragon's attack with a shield attached to his back from hitting Azz. Despite the rough shape Sabro was left in, Iruma is relieved to see that Azz is still alive, which Shichiro states that this was a close call.
\\\
Sabro takes off the shield he forged with Weapon Creation, and confirms that the Carmine Dragon's beam completely melted it. Azz questions Sabro why he chose to save the former as it would have been better to be used as a decoy for Sabro to attack the beast instead of ending up badly injured. However, Sabro laughs that it should be obvious why he saved Azz from this situation. Sabro proudly announces that pulling such a stunt would make him look extremely cool, which leaves Azz silent not knowing how to reply that. However, Sabro points out that he's not seeking gratitude from Azz since it's a given that a Demon King has to be cool. Suddenly, Azz spots the Carmine Dragon about to shoot a fire-breath attack at them, which he manages to push Sabro out of the way, and take cover behind a wall. Azz is left annoyed that the dragon also apparently breathes fire. Sabro points out that the dragon seems to be full of tricks, and asks if Azz can still move. In return, Azz assures him that it's no big deal being ready to fight some more.
\\\
Despite Azz standing ready to fight the Carmine Dragon, Sabro calls for them to retreat, much to Azz's surprise. Azz questions what's going on since they've already made it this far, and that this goes against Sabro's earlier words claiming that he wants to be the coolest. Azz is about to suggest that he continues the fight himself only to be interrupted and silenced when Sabro questions if that truly is his ambition. Sabro explains that he won't stop Azz if his ambition is to win against the demonic beast, but he then warns Azz that he will probably die. He further explains to Azz that he was taught about his willingness to die and his own immaturity, which is a reference to when Iruma helped him out when he was about to die during the Flying Race event. Sabro continues to explain that because he's serious about one day becoming the Demon King, he's reflected on this thoughts and behavior, such as when he sucked in his pride to apologize to teacher Blushenko. Thus, Sabro is proud to tell himself that his growing.
\\\
Sabro then points out that unlike himself, he's convinced that Azz hasn't grown even a millimeter. He points out that despite the potential Azz has, he's always distracted by Iruma, which leaves Azz unable to say anything. Sabro then grabs Azz's collar asking him once more what his ambition is, and that it must be something bigger than just defeating a demonic beast. He asks if Azz truly is someone that wants to be Iruma's indestructible spear no matter the enemy, and calls Azz an idiot for forgetting about his true ambition. Having been impacted by Sabro's words, Azz orders Sabro to move, which he then casts up a Flame Wall to protect them from the Carmine Dragon.
\\\
Azz explains that he used up all his remaining mana just now so that they can retreat, and sucks in his pride admitting that Sabro calling him a fool just now was right. Sabro smiles back at him in return as the two of them get to running away alongside the Flame Wall so that the dragon has a hard time trying to see them through the flames. As they run along the rooftop, the two of them dodge a swipe from the Carmine Dragon, which Sabro is left amazed that the Flame Wall is hiding their location. Azz is left confused as to why Sabro's not using his Kelbie familiar to ride it to safety, but Sabro provides the bad news that he's got no magic power left to summon it out. In return, Sabro questions why Azz isn't trying to fly away, which Azz answers back that he's out of stamina. The result is Sabro laughing that they both appear to be completely exhausted.
\\\
As they continue running, Azz takes the moment to stubbornly thank Sabro for saving him from the Carmine Dragon's energy beam, which a surprised Sabro points out Azz saying that came out of nowhere. Azz assures him that it's just the adrenaline talking, and that he knows that what he just said sounds pathetic. However, Sabro accepts it claiming that what they're currently doing is the coolest. Catching a glimpse of Azz and Sabro through the flames, the Carmine Dragon prepares its powerful magic beam breath again. Azz and Sabro fear that they're done for believing that the beam is going to destroy the roof path they're using to escape, but are saved at the last second by Shichiro blocking the beam from hitting their location. Shichiro congratulates Azz and Sabro for being able to survive up to this point. He then takes off his mouth mask asking his two students to leave the rest to him.
\\\
Azz and Sabro reunite with Iruma, who comes running up to them worried about their current state. Both are glad to see Iruma in return, which Azz is taken by surprise when the crying Iruma goes to hug him. Iruma states how glad he is that Azz is safe, and that he's relieved he's still alive. In return, Azz apologizes for making him worry, but Iruma claims that he should be the one apologizing having not thought out the danger beforehand. The result is the two of them arguing with Azz claiming that it was his fault for getting careless while Iruma points out that he was the one who dragged Azz into this mess to begin with. Sabro then picks the two of them up reminding them that they still got to run away. While holding the two of them ready to start running, Sabro looks back smiling at Shichiro; claiming that staying around here will result in them being crushed.
\\\
Meanwhile, the Carmine Dragon is seen battling it out with a massive Wooden Dragon that goes about trying to tie up the former in its root attack. Shichiro is seen hanging from the Wooden Dragon's hair while holding a bottle of seeds. He explains that the Wooden Dragon is a cousin of the Nigi-Nigi weed, and that it grows faster the mana one puts within the weed seed. Shichiro goes about pointing out to the Carmine Dragon how the roots of his Wooden Dragon are now entangling around the opposing dragon's legs, neck, and base of the head horns. That as a biology teacher, he knows the Carmine Draogn's strengths and weaknesses.
\\\
The Carmine Dragon attempts to counter by launching a fire-breath attack, which Shichiro admits is a good decision given that wood is weak against fire. However, Shichiro warns it that the fire-breath won't be strong enough since the Wooden Dragon was made with said teacher's powerful mana. He also proceeds to taunt the Carmine Dragon that its mana is weaker, and creates a fist with his Wooden Dragon's roots to punch at the Carmine Dragon's throat, which it roars out in pain. Shichiro then points out how the Carmine Dragon dared to attack his precious students, and that it's for that reason that he will now make it regret that decision. The Wooden Dragon then goes in to land the finishing bite on the Carmine Dragon's neck; resulting in the Carmine Dragon falling to the ground in defeat.
\\\
Shichiro makes his way back to his students, which Iruma and company are all amazed by his efforts. However, Shichiro ignores it, and instead checks over his students to see if they're completely unharmed. Azz then looks back at the head of the defeated Carmine Dragon, and gulps in fear finding it unbelievable that Shichiro easily brought down the demonic beast that they were struggling with. Looking at Shichiro playing with his little Wooden Dragon doll that's become a small size in his hand agian, Azz realizes that said teacher is the indestructible spear that he desires to be one day. As a result, Azz starts to beg Shichiro to be his mentor, which annoys Sabro since it turns out that he also wants to be trained by Shichiro in order to become Demon King. In return, Shichiro finds it surprising that he now has students who look up to him. Suddenly, the Shichiro group notices the leftover magic within the Carmine Dragon acting up.
\\\
As if reacting to a call for help, the leftover magic from the defeated Mountain Bull and Panther Rat beasts are also seen acting up. Their leftover magic shoots into the sky, combines into a larger mass of magic, and heads in the direction of the Carmine Dragon. The mass of magic slams into the Carmine Dragon, which results in the dragon getting back up, and transforming into a large mutant creature having absorbed the magic of the Mountain Bull and Panther Rat. The mutated demonic beast roars at the surprised Shichiro group ready to fight again, and prepares to fire a magic beam. Shichiro orders his students to retreat, and prepares himself to block the attack. The magic beam hits Shichiro full blast, but once the dust settles, it turns out that he only had to block a portion of the beam thanks to the arrival of Opera and Ameri. The two of them are now standing alongside Shichiro having helped him block the attack.
\\\
As Ameri looks over her hands clearly feeling the affect of the powerful attack, Opera turns his attention to Iruma asking if he's okay. Iruma's unable to understand how Opera knew to come here, which the butler answers that he followed Iruma's scent. Sure enough, Iruma remembers Sullivan dumping some sort of substance on him before departing to Walter Park, which Opera explains was a perfume that gives Iruma a unique aroma. As the confused Iruma goes about sniffing himself, Opera looks upon the mutated demonic beast wondering what it is. Shichiro explains that there was a huge burst of mana light a moment ago. He then asks for Opera to give him a hand just like he did for him in the past, which Opera replies that it's a given. However, Opera points out the problem that it might be tough with just the two of them. Thus, Opera pulls out a summoning seal pretending not to know why he has it. The sight of the seal leaves Iruma in fear knowing what Opera's about to do.
\\\
Shortly after, Kalego suddenly appears in familiar form having been summoned by Iruma to their location, much to Kalego's confusion. Before Kalego could yell his anger at Iruma, Opera and Shichiro grab hold of him to keep him still. The sparkling Opera proceeds to pet familiar Kalego stating that they should combine their powers like the old days in order to defeat the current enemy. In return, Kalego is convinced that Iruma summoning him was Opera's plan all along. The sparkling Shichiro also gets to petting familiar Kalego excited at how fluffy the latter is, and that they have to deal with the beasts that have emerged, which Kalego orders him to calm down. Kalego orders Iruma to undo the summoning, but Opera interrupts that they can't just yet due to the need to kill the Mutant Demonic Beast that's in front of them.
\\\
Kalego remains unconvinced asking why they need his help for this. Trying to calm him down, Shichiro tries to explain that Kalego should use this as an opportunity to see how well he can cast magic in familiar form. Opera then asks for the students to stand back, which gets Azz and Sabro excited as they're about to see the cooperation of three high-rank demons. Opera, Kalego and Shichiro stand ready to fight the Mutant Demonic Beast, but Opera is unable to take it seriously due to Kalego's familiar form, who in turn reminds Opera that this is his fault. As they watch the three adults approach the beast, Azz points out the problem that this could be a death match due to their opponent being the combined form of three giant magic beasts. Sabro also agrees believing that this is going to be a long battle.
\\\
Activating their abilities, Opera proceeds to land a powerful Wrath Kick on the Mutant Demonic Beast's lower region, familiar Kalego summons out Cerberus to claw at the beast's center, and Shichiro summons out a Nigyul root attack to strangle the beast's neck. The result is a quick knockout for the Mutant Demonic Beast; leaving Iruma, Azz, Sabro, Ameri and Picero stunned in shock at the power display of the adults. Iruma remains confused as to how this was considered cooperation, which Sabro agrees that this was just each of the adults beating up the beast by themselves. Azz adds that this was just a display of their ruthlessness as Opera is seen bullying Kalego that his Cerberus also took on a cute form due to familiar mode. In the end, Iruma gets excited again realizing that the fight with the demonic beasts is finally over.
\\\
Still moving through Wlavoas Prison, a confused Wett finds it unbelievable hearing from Miki on the other end of his walkie talkie that the demonic beasts were all annihilated. Miki, who was watching over the events of Walter Park, also points out that even the combined Mutant Demonic Beast form was defeated, which surprises Wett that it was defeated in such a short time. She also warns Wett that there appears to be several high-ranked demons within the park who were able to dispose of the demonic beasts; leaving Wett to think their current situation over. Still following behind Wett, Atori asks if this is bad for them since the plan was to wreck Walter Park, yet they failed to do so. However, Wett reassures him that there's no problem, and that they just got to speed up their side of things. Atori questions what this means for Walter Park, which Wett smugly replies that the Mutant Demonic Beast is a child bred from their wicked magic. Thus, it still has one last trick.
\\\
Back on the surface, Iruma and company are caught off-guard by the magic within the Mutant Demonic Beast activating, which its body begins expanding looking like it's about to explode. Ameri questions how it's still alive, but Shichiro corrects her that the corpse is just accumulating its leftover magic until the point of self-destructing. Turning to Picero, Kalego orders him to use My Area to make for them a giant hole. Kalego then orders everyone to jump in while warning them that the beast's self-destruction is going to burn everything, and that they will suffer less damage hiding underground. Once everyone's in the hole, Iruma questions what will happen once the Mutant Demonic Beast self-destructs, which Opera answers that the explosion will likely obliterate half of Walter Park. Azz then notices how the Mutant Demonic Beast is moving to aim in a specific direction; warning them that it's aiming to launch its self-destruction magic towards the park shelter that's filled with the park visitors.
\\\
Ameri, Azz, and Sabro all prepare their magic knowing that at the very least, they have to try to divert the direction of the self-destruction blast. However, Kalego quickly orders them to knock it off; warning them that since the the Mutant Demonic Beast is already a magical bomb, just attacking it will cause it to explode. Iruma questions if there's any way to inform the shelter, but Shichiro provides the bad news that since it's far away, it would be too late for the visitors to escape even if they made it in time to warn them. The desperate Iruma asks if there's instead anything they can do about the exploding beast, but Shichiro makes it clear to him that it's too late for them to do anything. That it will fire, and kill all the visitors listening to Kuromu's concert within the shelter. As the Mutant Demonic Beast is on the verge of firing, Ronove steps out of hiding using his Charisma bloodline to yell at the beast; calling it stupid while ordering it to stop.
\\\
Iruma and company are unable to believe what Ronove's doing as he goes about scolding the beast for breaking into the park that was made by his legendary father, for invading his garden, and for hurting his people. Despite his legs clearly shaking in fear, Ronove calls the Mutant Demonic Beast a villain. Ronove yells at the beast that he will never forgive it for trampling on their "pleasure." He yells for the Mutant Demonic Beast to look at him, which his Charisma ability that causes everyone to start gazing at him in an instant finally activates; causing the beast to turn its attention towards Ronove. Sabro gets excited pointing out that the Mutant Demonic Beast is no longer targetting the shelter, but Azz points out that issue that it's now targetting to kill Ronove. The beast prepares to fire its self-destruction magic upon Ronove, which he begins to cry realizing that he didn't fully think this through as he's about to die. Suddenly, Iruma jumps in front of Ronove with his ring hand stretched out ready to fire magic. He calls for Ali asking if the latter can do it, which Ali appears ready to support his partner despite his desire to stay hidden.
\\\
Everyone watches in shock at the sight of Iruma standing before the self-destructing Mutant Demonic Beast. Shichiro worries for the boy's life while Kalego calls him an idiot not understanding what Iruma's trying to do. Iruma grabs his Ring of Gluttony, and switches it to the highest Ifrit Mode. He yells to Ali that the plan is to eat all the incoming magic, which Ali is about to agree with only to realize how crazy said plan is. He warns Iruma that swallowing this amount of magic is something he did not sign up for, which confuses Iruma as he believed that the Ring of Gluttony was capable of consuming all kinds of mana. Ali complains back that this will be super-hard on him taking all the self-destruct magic in one go only for Iruma to question how he can't do it when he knows that Ali was capable of swallowing all of Principal Sullivan's magic. Meanwhile, Ronove is unable to understand what's going on as from his view-point, Ali is out of sight, which makes it look like Iruma's talking to himself.
\\\
Overall, Ali admits that he will be capable of eating all the self-destruct magic. However, he points out that he will require Iruma's help, and asks if Iruma remembers back to the time the boy used magic to change the ring spirit's appearance. He orders Iruma once more to imagine it, which the boy agrees to. Iruma holds out his hand before Ali ready to change the ring spirit's appearance, which Ali reminds the boy that magic means imagination, and then orders Iruma to picture the ring spirit swallowing all of the Mutant Demonic Beast's magic. As a result, Iruma thinks over all the events and fun he experienced at Walter Park, and imagines an object that will swallow all magic. The Mutant Demonic Beast is about to fire its powerful self-destruct magic upon Iruma and Ronove, much to the worry of everyone watching. Iruma yells "Image" facing the beam of magic coming towards him, which results in Ali transforming into a cat with a giant mouth that bears a striking resemblance to a park parade float. Ali in the giant cat form chomps down upon the Mutant Demonic Beast, and successfully eats all the magic to the point of the beast shriveling down into a tiny lizard.
\\\
The sight of the defeated Mutant Demonic Beast leaves everyone shocked. Iruma sees that Ali looks like he's about to throw up, but the ring spirit quickly returns into the Ring of Gluttony before anyone catches sight of him. As a result, Iruma pretends that it was all him by raising his fist in victory thanking the beast for the meal. The rest of the group gathers around Iruma relieved that he's okay. The worried Azz asks if Iruma's okay while Sabro asks him what the spell was that Iruma just pulled. Ameri also states her worry questioning why Iruma always has to surprise her like that. Iruma struggles to answer, but they're all interrupted by an angry familiar Kalego calling the boy an idiot for doing it again. However, Iruma explains himself that he did not forget what Kalego told him that he shouldn't be getting used to danger. Iruma further explains that because he's gotten so used to being in danger, he developed a problem where he started to take it lightly. However, he regained that "sense of fear" the moment he realized that people precious to him were about to get hurt.
\\\
Iruma holds his chest admitting that he was feeling really scared, and believed that he was going to die standing before the Mutant Demonic Beast. He admits to feeling at that moment that all he's doing is making people worried, and that there was a chance that his actions won't save anyone. As a result, he chose to strengthen his resolve in order to save everything. A brief flashback of a greatly determined Iruma is seen jumping out of the hole towards Ronove. Thinking to himself that he doesn't want to forgo his ideals, Iruma announces to Kalego and company that this is his ambition. Kalego remains silent accepting Iruma's words, but still thinks of Iruma as a fool seeing the boy's hands and voice shaking in nervousness. Watching Kalego continue to scold Iruma from afar, Opera admits that he's finally starting to get it. He remembers back to when he originally met Iruma wondering why Sullivan chose this boy specifically. However, upon seeing Iruma's actions, Opera now believes he understands why Sullivan chose Iruma.
\\\
Meanwhile within Wlavoas Prison, Kirio's prisoner group is seen having made their way up to 1st floor, which a pile of rubble blocks the way forward. Led by Bats, they all begin climbing the rubble questioning if this is it, and become excited that they're so close to finally getting outside. Selaguts points out the oddity that Kirio's disappeared, which Imp replies that they got separated from him at some point. They eventually spot a prison barred window above the rubble shining light down upon them. Excited to get out, Bars gives the order to the rest of his fellow prisoners to break down the bars. The moment they touch the bars however, all the prisoners are instantly knocked back by a burst of magic. Bats is unable to understand what's going on not being able to touch the bars, which Lumero tests it again only for his hand to get repelled once more. Lumero begins to sweat nervously upon realizing that the barred window can only be opened from the other side. Suddenly, they spot Kirio appearing out of a pipe on the other side, and waves hi to the demons that have been awaiting his arrival.
\\\
The confused prisoners not knowing how Kirio got out call over to him for help. However, Bats and the other prisoners are all stunned silent once they realize that the demons who were awaiting Kirio's escape are the Six Fingers, which they all bow down before him. Wett welcomes Kirio back, and explains that the Six Fingers are here to escort him out of here. The prisoners still on the other side of the barred window remain confused as to what's going on, which Kirio gives them a smug smile. Kirio asks the Six Fingers what the plan was again. In return, Wett states that Baal's orders were to "Destroy Water Park" and "Free Kirio," much to Bats and company's confusion that releasing the other prisoners aren't included. Bats calls Kirio a bastard while Lumero questions Kirio if this means he's betraying and leaving them. Taking off his prisoner collar, Kirio doesn't agree with their accusations, and reminds the prisoners that he never actually said that he was going to help free them. Amongst the trapped prisoners, Imp looks upon Kirio, and it's at this moment that he realized it. That while all the prisoners were considered to be "bad," the soft-looking man before him was different from the other prisoners to the point that he was truly "evil." As Wett provides their newly freed prisoner some proper clothing, Kirio taunts the prisoners telling them that they did a good job.
\\\
The prisoners who teamed up with Kirio are all seen becoming enraged unable to believe what's going on. Bats calls him a bastard, and accuses Kirio of tricking them by pretending to help them escape, and then betraying them at the last second. He asks Kirio why he's doing this, which Atori points out in agreement asking why it's not fine to release them. Atori explains that Walter Park would be in more chaos with the prisoners released, but Kirio rejects it. Still pushing, Atori is unable to understand, and asks what the purpose was bringing the prisoners all the way up to the final barred window. In return, Kirio explains that the reason he brought all the prisoners to the very edge of escaping was because he had no intention of letting them out. He points out how the prisoners listened to his plan, believed in him, and volunteered to help.
\\\
Walking up to the trapped prisoners who are still stunned in shock at what they're hearing, Kirio states that seeing their ideals fall apart in front of their very eyes is the greatest despair. Looking at them face-to-face through the bars, the ecstatic Kirio reveals that he's wanted to see that look of despair on their faces for so long, much to the fear of Bats, Imp and the others. Kirio turns his attention back to Atori pointing out that releasing them would be pointless since they'll quickly get caught again anyway, which Atori finally accepts. Atori thinks to himself that he originally couldn't understand why such a weak guy was one of their leaders, but upon seeing Kirio's treatment of the prisoners, he admits his amazement to see such a wonderful example of a demon such as Kirio who's "Returned to Origins." Now that he's free, Kirio suggests that it's time for them to head home.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, Iruma is heard also saying that they should think about heading home. Surrounded by his fellow Abnormal classmates, Iruma tries to explain to them that they're all weary despite having reunited safely, and that the park is currently all tattered. However, his words are completely ignored by his classmates, and Iruma realizes that trying to convince them at this time isn't the best. It turns out that they're all sitting on a large parade float, and are being cheered at by the watching visitors. In addition, Ronove stands at the head of the float getting the visitors hyped up with his speeches while Opera, Kalego and Shichiro sit on king-like chairs on the float with the Abnormal students. Iruma questions why they're holding a parade now after Walter Park was just attacked, which Ronove explains that this is exactly why there's no better time to hold one. A demon with a mustache then appears alongside Ronove adding in that the meaning of Walter Park is to have a fun time anywhere.
\\\
The mustache man then points out that Iruma and company are the Super VIP of the park at the moment, which they all remain confused as to who he is. This person turns out to be Rosevelt; the father of Ronove, and the manager of Walter Park. He announces to Iruma and company that this is his way of showing gratitude for saving his Walter Park, which he heard the stories from his son about how they all worked together to kick the demonic beasts' butts. Thus, Rosevelt sparkles happily stating that he owes them a great debt of gratitude. Rosevelt figures that he will eventually have to greet the teachers as well, but he first turns his attention to the Abnormal students asking who their leader is. Not wanting anything to do with Rosevelt, they all quickly point to Iruma, much to his fear.
\\\
Shortly after, Rosevelt is seen at the front of the parade float alongside his son, and is holding Iruma in his arm. Rosevelt and Ronove go about cheering, and yell out that the Iruma he's currently with is Walter Park's savior. He also adds that Iruma's group from Babyls, as well as his son, Lomiere Ronove, are also their saviors, and orders everyone to hail their saviors. Iruma's unable to handle being called someone's savior, but Rosevelt makes it clear that given how he's the hero, Iruma and his friends must have their efforts recognized. Thus, Rosevelt asks for Iruma to leave the cheering to him as the float continues to move past all the excited and grateful visitors. Meanwhile just around the corner, a hiding Kirio is seen trying to catch his breath not being able to handle what he just witnessed.
\\\
Seeing Iruma on the parade float being celebrated as a hero, Kirio questions why he's here. He figures that the only reason must be that Iruma was the one who defeated the demonic beasts, and realizes that Iruma has once again foiled his plan. Feeling ecstatic again, Kirio thinks to himself that this must be destiny. As Kirio's about to re-confirm that Iruma truly is the same as him, his thoughts are interrupted by Baal contanting him over Wett's walkie talkie. Baal asks if Kirio's there, and orders for him to report immediately. Kirio sighs in disappointment claiming that he is indeed back, which annoys Baal claiming that he will strangle Kirio for not sounding determined.
\\\
Baal states how he heard that Walter Park is still intact, and would have preferred for it to be completely destroyed since such a happy place being an outlet for wicked phase demons goes against the chaotic world he desires. However, he warns Kirio and the Six Fingers that it's about to be troublesome for them at the park due to the arrival of the police department. Thus, he orders Kirio to return, which the latter accepts. Baal smiles smugly claiming that it's perfect that Kirio's back since the latter's warped mind is still needed in order to achieve their ambition, and continue to spread chaos. Kirio agrees, and then takes a look back in Iruma's direction. He claims that he will surely meet Iruma again since the boy is his destined enemy. Shiida also takes one last look in Iruma's direction before disappearing with the others. Meanwhile as Iruma's still cheering atop Rosevelt's parade float, he looks in the direction of the dark alley where Kirio and the Six Fingers were thinking that he noticed something.
\\\
Opera asks Iruma what's the matter, but Iruma's unable to say anything. The butler then hands over Iruma's backpack that the latter thought he lost. Iruma's glad to find his phone still within it, and also finds a note that Sullivan left for him before he left for Walter Park. Iruma realizes that it was the promise note that he wrote with Sullivan, which Sullivan leaves a message asking for Iruma to promise to have fun with everyone. Azz then calls for Iruma's attention, which the latter turns around, and sees the teachers, Abnormal students, and Ameri all smiling and having fun. Iruma smiles back believing that he kept his promise that despite all the troublesome things that happened today, he managed to have a lot of fun. Meanwhile at home, Sullivan is seen freaking out watching the news report about Walter Park's restoration after the demonic beast attack. The worried Sullivan questions what went down after he locked himself in his room due to feeling lonely without Iruma, and that he spent all this time looking over his Iruma photos. Calling out Iruma's name in worry, Sullivan heads off for the park.
\\\
Shortly after, the restoration process is seen having begun in Walter Park with many demons going about removing the rubble. Sullivan cries in Iruma's arms glad to see that Iruma's safe as Opera goes about wiping up the tears while Rosevelt and the other employees cry at the sight of such a happy moment. Opera apologizes to Sullivan stating that the plan was to return home earlier. However, the plan changed when it turned out that Rosevelt had prepared hotel rooms for them to stay in. Sure enough, Iruma and company are seen within Rosevelt Hotel; a luxury hotel floating in the sky above Walter Park. The sparking Rosevelt explains that giving them the hotel rooms was a given since they're the heroes of Walter Park. He then bumps fists with Sullivan as it turns out that the two of them are good pals. Rosevelt claims that just the fact they're Sullivan's students means that they're more than welcome to be here, which Sullivan thanks him for.
\\\
Sullivan whispers to Rosevelt asking if a certain set of preparations are ready, which Rosevelt answers they are. Still worried, Sullivan falls into tears again asking Iruma if he's alright, or has been traumatized to the point of not going outside for awhile, which Iruma answers no. Iruma happily answers that he enjoyed the park, and that he's fine thanks to Opera and the teachers protecting them. In return, Sullivan cries tears of happiness calling Iruma brave, and thanks opera for a great job. Opera accepts the praise, but also warns master Sullivan that the latter will dehydrate if he keeps crying. Sullivan happily announces that from now on, Opera and the other two teachers he assigned are Iruma's official bodyguards, which Opera accepts.
\\\
At that same time elsewhere, Kalego is seen shivering in fear as he walks alongside Schchiro down a hallway of the hotel. Shichiro asks what's wrong, which the confused Kalego answers that he's got a bad feeling (not knowing what Sullivan just decided). Changing the subject, Shichiro asks if Kalego's figured out who was behind the attack, which Kalego answers that he knows based on reports from the police that it was a few members of the park staff. However, it turned out that the other staff members and the prisoners who were involved with the culprit can't remember their names or what they looked like. An image of Wett is seen waving his hand in front of the park staff and prisoners he interacted with as if he wiped their memory. In the present, Kalego figures that there was a some sort of spell involved that erased the memories of the culprit. Kalego opens the door to his hotel room asking Shichiro for the two of them to continue their talk here only to come across the 4 students he watched over in the park living it up. Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui go about eating snacks and laughing it up making fun of how Kalego was enjoying himself fighting against the Mountain Bull.
\\\
Kalego yells at them asking why they're here, which they all freak out not expecting the teacher to return to soon, and try to clean things up. Still yelling, Kalego orders them to go back downstairs to their own rooms. Goemon points out that they wanted too see the more elegant upper rooms, which Jazz adds that they wanted to rob and play. Lied and Kamui continue eating snacks stating that they've been thinking about today's events, which Kalego yells at them to stop eating on the bed. Jazz is also seen carrying around expansive things finding it awesome that there's so much good stuff to steal. Kalego yells once more ordering him to stop looting. He yells for his students to get out, which Jazz, Lied, Goemon, and Kamui get too leaving, but aren't fearful of Kalego anymore. Kalego and Shichiro can hear the four students continuing to have fun, such as heading to the hotel's game center. Shichiro points out that the kids seem to like Kalego now, who replies by calling them the worst since they like to mess with them.
\\\
At that same time, the girls that were assigned to Opera's group are all seen picking out clothes within the hotel's clothes room. Elizabetta gets excited asking if she really can take whatever clothes she likes, which the employee states is indeed the case as it's a present from owner Rosevelt. Ameri goes along with it since her clothes got all ragged from the fighting. Clara points out that Ameri was cool making all the fighting and explosion noises, which Elizabetta adds that Kuromu's concert was wonderful as well. She asks Kerori if she also thought that the concert was cool, but Kerori remains silent not being able to reveal her idol identity. Ameri then changes the subject pointing out that it's good that everyone turned out safe, which Elizabetta and Kerori agree with. The employee then brings up how there's a planned dinner buffet and cake, which the girls all get excited asking for different kinds of desserts.
\\\
Shortly after, the dinner buffet for Iruma and company begins, much to everyone's excitement. Ronove tries to feed Picero shoving food into the latter's cheek while Lied and Jazz are trying out random food. Azz happily provides a large plate of food for the excited Iruma, who eats it all quickly. Opera tries to provide Kalego some cake, and Azz and Sabro go about arguing over eating vegetables or meat respectively. Finally, Lied and Goemon begin to worry when they realize that Clara's jumped into the tower of pudding, and need to save her. Suddenly, Ameri notices Iruma walking towards the hotel balcony, which he silently looks towards Walter Park down below the floating hotel. Ameri notices he's alone, and is about to call out to him, but she suddenly realizes that she's now alone with him in a quiet place with a night view. She begins to blush remembering that this moment was a romantic scene that popped up in "First Love Memories." Catching her breath, Ameri walks up to Iruma, and calls out to him.
\\\
Looking upon Ameri, Iruma first notices the beautiful dress she's wearing, which she struggles to explain that she had no choice due to her other clothes being dirty, and that her current dress was a gift from Rosevelt. However, Iruma happily states that it suits her, which leaves her blushing unable to say anything more. Iruma then points out that Ameri appearing is good timing as he has something to tell her. He explains how they once talked about ideals and ambitions, but in the end, he's realized that having fun with everyone is his ideal after all. Clenching his fist however, Iruma further explains that he knows there's still something he needs in order to protect this ideal. Thus, Iruma announces to Ameri that he will go about changing in order to achieve his ambition of protecting his ideals, and asks for her to watch him. Impressed by Iruma's words, Ameri thinks to herself that Iruma is continuing to become stronger every time he's been out of her sight. Ameri teases Iruma calling him greedy for the claim earlier that he's going to save everything.
\\\
Wanting to push her own ideals forward as well, Ameri is about to ask Iruma for the next time to just be the two of them, but is interrupted by the arrival of Clara and Azz bursting out onto the balcony, much to Ameri's annoyance. Having been searching for Iruma, the sparkling Clara informs him that there's a giant cake to be eaten. The sparkling Azz also adds that Shichiro agreed to teach him magic, and suggests that he and Iruma learn from him together. Iruma happily agrees to it, and turns to ask Ameri if he can go, which she's forced to accept not liking that she was interrupted again. However, Iruma catches her off-guard when he asks her if they can go somewhere just the two of them, which causes her to blush and give off steam to the point of falling unconscious. Overall, a final message is provided claiming that Iruma and company have overcome hardships, learned a lot, and that there will be many more exciting things from now on.
\\\
After dinner, Iruma, Azz and Clara return to their hotel room, which Iruma is ready to get some sleep. However, he finds the Abnormal students all holed up in his room watching the television. On the television is Rosevelt holding a press conference with Sullivan, which a reporter is amazed to hear from the two of them that the saviors of Walter Park were Iruma and his friends. Rosevelt and Sullivan state that the students of Babyls, Ronove, and Iruma are all heroes, much to the amazement of Iruma's friends that are watching the television. However, Iruma begins to fear for the worst confused as to what the hell Rosevelt and Sullivan are doing by making him famous. That he's once again going against his desire of not wanting to stand out.
[[/folder]]
----

Top